Form 10-K
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
or
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 001-34551
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
20-4477465 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
incorporation or organization) |
|
|
|
|
|
1501 Farm Credit Drive, Suite 2300 |
|
|
McLean, VA
|
|
22102-5011 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
703-738-2840
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Class |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock $0.01 par value per share
|
|
Nasdaq Stock Market |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section
13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation
S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer, and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of Exchange Act. Check one:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company þ |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2010, the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter,
the aggregate market value of our voting stock held by non-affiliates was $61,957,039.
As of
March 1, 2011, 9,243,812 of common stock were issued and outstanding.
GLOBAL DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS, INC
Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Year Ending December 31, 2010
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Except as otherwise indicated, or as the context otherwise requires, the Company, GTEC,
we, us, and our refer to Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
and, where appropriate, its direct and indirect subsidiaries, Global Strategies Group (North
America) Inc., our operating company which we refer to as GNA, The Analysis Corp (TAC), GTEC
Assured IT, LLC (AIT) and GTEC Cyber Solutions, Inc.(CS).
Note regarding forward-looking statements
Some of the statements under Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Business, and elsewhere in this annual report on
Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can
identify these statements by such words as anticipate, believe, could, estimate, expect,
intend, may, plan, potential, should, will, and would, or similar words, You should
read these statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future
expectations, contain projections of our future results of operations or of our financial position,
or state other forward-looking information. We believe that it is important to communicate our
future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not
able to control or predict accurately. The factors listed in the section captioned Risk Factors,
as well as any cautionary language in this annual report on Form 10-K, provide examples of risks,
uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the
expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements.
Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events
described above, in the section captioned Risk Factors and elsewhere in this annual report on
Form 10-K could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
position.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.
You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the
date of this annual report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking
statements, even if our situation changes in the future.
Our Company
We provide mission-critical technology-based systems, solutions, and services for national
security agencies and programs of the U.S. government. Our services and solutions are integral
parts of mission-critical programs run by the Department of Defense, Intelligence Community,
Department of Homeland Security, federal law enforcement agencies and other parts of the federal
government charged with national security responsibilities. The programs that we support are
generally funded as part of the budgets and spending levels of U.S. government agencies entrusted
with carrying out the U.S. governments defense, intelligence, and homeland security missions.
Our primary areas of expertise include:
|
|
|
counterterrorism and intelligence analysis |
|
|
|
cyber security systems & operations |
|
|
|
data analysis and intelligence information sharing |
|
|
|
C4ISR and mission systems |
|
|
|
network design and management |
|
|
|
data center architectures |
|
|
|
force mobility, modernization, and survivability solutions |
Our revenue for
2010 was $232.7 million and our total backlog was $790.9 million, of which
$161.9 million was funded and $629.0 million was unfunded. This compares to revenue for
2009 of
$212.8 million and total backlog of $639.6 million, of which $103.1 million was
funded and $536.5
million was unfunded. For a discussion of how we define and calculate backlog,
see Backlog.
We conduct our
business through two reportable segments: Technology and Intelligence Services,
or TIS, and Force Mobility and Modernization Systems, or FMMS. See Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 17 to our consolidated
financial statements for financial disclosures related to our two reportable segments. Through our
TIS segment, we provide a broad range of technology-based services and solutions, including
counterterrorism and intelligence solutions, cyber security systems & operations specialists, enterprise architects
and system engineers, and command, control and decision support solutions, to customers in the
Department of Defense, the Intelligence Community, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Law
Enforcement and other U.S. agencies charged with national security responsibilities. Through our
FMMS segment, we provide customers, primarily in the Department of Defense, with solutions that
entail the design, engineering and integration of highly mobile mission support systems.
1
We have experienced significant organic growth in the past several years and are operating in
market segments that are well-funded. As a result, our revenue has grown at a compound annual
growth rate, or CAGR, of 16.3% from the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2005 to the
twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010. We intend to accelerate our growth by acquiring
technology-driven national security companies and capabilities and integrating them into our
current business.
Our History and Organizational Structure
In 2006, our former indirect parent, Global Strategies Group Holding, S.A., which we refer to
as GLOBAL, formed Contego Systems Inc., which in turn established Global Technology Strategies,
Inc., for the purpose of commencing technology operations in the U.S. and hired Ronald Jones, our
Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy & Development, to lead this effort. On February 9,
2007, Global Technology Strategies, Inc. acquired SFA, Inc., which we refer to as SFA. SFA was
originally founded in 1969 as Sachs Freeman Associates, a provider of technology services to the
federal government. SFA grew organically for most of the 38 years prior to its acquisition, and
also completed two acquisitions. In 1988, SFA acquired Frederick Manufacturing and, in 2003, it
acquired The Analysis Corporation (TAC). Subsequent to the SFA acquisition, SFA was renamed Global
Strategies Group (North America) Inc., or GNA, and Global Technology Strategies, Inc. was renamed
Global Strategies Group Holding (North America) Inc., or GNA Holding. GNA and TAC remain as
operating subsidiaries of GTEC. At the end of 2008, as part of a restructuring, we were formed as a
wholly owned subsidiary of Contego Systems Inc. under the name Contego NewCo Company, a Delaware
corporation, and immediately thereafter Contego Systems Inc. was converted into Contego Systems
LLC. Our name was changed to Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc. in July 2009. From the date
of the SFA acquisition, we have operated separately from GLOBAL and its other affiliates, with a
board, including at least three independent directors, and have focused exclusively on customers in
the U.S. government. We completed our Initial Public Offering (IPO) on November 25, 2009 and
correspondingly completed a series of restructuring transactions, including the merger of GNA
Holding with and into GNA, resulting in GNA becoming our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. GLOBAL
continues to be our largest beneficial stockholder, owning approximately 41.6% of our outstanding
stock.
On October 1, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Zytel Corporation, a provider of cyber
security systems & operations to the national intelligence community. Zytel is now known as GTEC
Cyber Solutions, Inc. On December 18, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Signature Government
Solutions, LLC, now known as GTEC Assured IT, LLC. GTEC Assured IT added new core competencies and
past performance to GTEC through the delivery of information systems architecture, cyber security
and network engineering in support of our national security clients.
Capabilities and Customer Solutions
We tailor our solutions to our customers requirements based on our technical acumen and
knowledge of the mission, often helping the customer define their requirements and range of needs.
We then formulate and propose a specific solution that is often technologically differentiated from
competitors proposals to the same customer.
Capabilities
Our business is driven by the following core capabilities and expertise:
|
|
|
Cyber Security Systems & Operations |
|
|
|
|
Intelligence Analysis |
|
|
|
|
Software Engineering |
|
|
|
|
Systems Engineering |
|
|
|
|
Mission System IT & Architectures |
|
|
|
|
Assured Enterprise IT |
|
|
|
|
Technology Development |
|
|
|
|
Engineering Design, Prototyping and Integration |
Cyber Security Systems & Operations
GTEC delivers cyber security systems and operational expertise in support of the critical
intelligence, counterterrorism, and cyber operation missions of our national security customers. We
are an industry leader in the design, development and deployment of next generation net-centric
mission solutions that collect, analyze and protect vital information in cyberspace, leveraging our
core competencies in systems engineering and architecture, software development and intelligence
analysis.
2
GTEC works alongside U.S. government agencies and major defense and intelligence companies on
projects that require a nimble approach and fast turnaround for their mission-critical needs. We
pride ourselves on our high quality people, technical innovation, mission expertise, and ingenuity
in solving complex problems.
Intelligence Analysis
GTEC assists the Intelligence Community and other national security customers by facilitating
the flow of critical information between U.S. government agencies to enhance decision making to
protect the safety and economic well-being of our nation. By providing IT specialists, software
developers and counterterrorism subject matter experts to a number of agencies, we contribute to
the creation and analysis of actionable intelligence. A key area of our expertise involves the
monitoring of multiple classified and unclassified networks for potential terrorist-related threats
and threat notification for rapid decision-making. GTEC is an industry leader in the field of
terrorist watchlisting.
Software Engineering
We design, develop, document, test, integrate and implement custom software modules and
solutions focused on Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance and
Reconnaissance, or C4ISR, and Intelligence Community applications. These services range from
firmware development for weapons systems to web-based portal development for network operations
centers. We also develop applications that provide real-time sensor control and fusion, data
integration and correlation, communications management, cross-domain solutions, knowledge
management, automated navigation systems and decision support systems. We have a Capabilities
Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) Level III certification issued by the Carnegie Mellon Software
Engineering Institute in June 2009. The CMMI Level III rating certifies that we have implemented
best practices associated with integrated product and process development and supplier sourcing.
Using these certified practices and processes, we have optimized our software production in areas
such as schedule, quality, repeatability and goal completion. The U.S. government often requires a
CMMI Level III rating as a qualification to bid on complex software development and systems
integration projects.
Systems Engineering
We provide services to design, develop and implement custom mission systems for
communications, decision support and sensor integration. In this capacity we provide systems,
solutions and services for dynamic network and bandwidth management, joint law enforcement and
Department of Defense tactical data links, network topology design, integration of legacy systems
and interfaces, integration of diverse and disparate sensors, geospatial systems and data fusion
for decision support.
Mission Systems IT & Architectures
We design, develop and run mission-critical information technology systems and architectures.
Beginning with a set of requirements, we combine our operational subject matter expertise (e.g.,
intelligence and C4ISR) and our information technology capabilities to develop new operational
approaches and methodologies into the mission architecture. Among other solutions, we use this
capability in the design and operation of a key terrorist tracking center in the national
security/law enforcement community.
Assured Enterprise IT
GTEC delivers mission-focused Assured Enterprise IT services and solutions to national
security agencies operating in mission-critical environments and zero tolerance settings. The
expertise of our IT specialists is focused on enterprise architecture and systems engineering, IT &
network security, network engineering and intelligence analysis. Customer intimacy, technology
leadership and development of our technical staff are essential elements in our approach and we are
adept at delivering quick reaction solutions to mission-critical scenarios.
Technology Development
Our technology development capabilities involve teams of research engineers seeking innovative
approaches to complex and enduring national security problems. We investigate and develop new
technologies that can be used to improve, enhance or create new systems and solutions for use by
military and national security customers. We lead customer-funded research and development efforts
at government research laboratories in the fields of electronics, acoustics, electronic warfare,
radar, optics, chemistry, plasma physics, materials, space sciences and other disciplines. Our
personnel also integrate sensors, components and devices on aircraft and into aircraft
reconnaissance pods.
Engineering Design, Prototyping and Integration
We design, assemble and deploy a number of highly-engineered solutions for the U.S. military
services to support force mobility and modernization requirements and to move the U.S. military to
a more expeditionary footing. Our engineering expertise is in designing new systems to service
support requirements in the field for highly mobile and survivable systems with a smaller footprint
or more efficient water, power, electric, communications and operational configurations. We are an
ISO 9001:2008 approved company.
3
Customer Solutions
The solutions we offer our customers fall into the following two major categories:
|
|
|
Counterterrorism, Intelligence, Cyber Security, and Command, Control and Decision
Support Solutions |
|
|
|
|
Highly Engineered Force Mobility and Modernization Solutions |
Counter-Terrorism, Intelligence, Cyber Security, and Command, Control and Decision Support
Solutions
|
|
|
Watch-standing systems for U.S. government agencies. We provide IT specialists,
software developers and counter-terrorism subject matter experts to a number of agencies
in the U.S. government who maintain active terrorist watch lists and counter-terrorism
analytical centers. Our experts assist the government with the technical infrastructure
required for all-source strategic and tactical analysis. For the systems and tools we
design and develop, we also provide the experts to monitor multiple classified and
unclassified networks for potential terrorist-related threats, and to provide early
warning and threat notification to key government officials for rapid decision-making. We
also assist the government by facilitating the flow of critical information between
federal, state and local agencies. We believe our work contributes significantly to
closing the gaps between the collection and analysis of actionable intelligence. |
|
|
|
Management of a Software Development Center for a national security agency. We
perform custom application development, integration and various levels of analysis,
testing and validation. |
|
|
|
Critical cyber security solutions for the Intelligence Community. GTEC works with
the national intelligence community to develop and deploy next generation net-centric
mission solutions that collect, analyze and protect vital information in cyberspace. GTEC
works alongside U.S. government agencies and major defense and intelligence companies on
projects that require a nimble approach and fast turnaround for their mission-critical
needs. We pride ourselves on our high quality people, technical innovation, mission
expertise, and ingenuity in solving complex problems. GTEC supports the cyber security
systems & operations priorities of our clients by leveraging our core competencies in
systems engineering, network architecture, software development, intelligence analysis,
IT security and more. |
|
|
|
Analytical and information-sharing tools to integrate commercial off-the-shelf
software with government systems. For a prominent Intelligence Community customer, we
are currently deploying innovative analytical tools and specialists to facilitate faster
and more thorough analysis of threats, as well as cross-agency information sharing. We
integrate key data sources to explore relationships of interest. These findings can then
be shared among analysts in a collaborative work environment. |
|
|
|
Identity management solutions. We design solutions to enable clients to counter
the threat of terrorism on the Internet by analyzing the increased use of the web by
extremist organizations, with a focus on identifying and analyzing terrorist
communications and attack planning. Using our solution, analysts can identify, monitor
and assess the intent and capabilities of extremists via the Internet. |
|
|
|
Complex network and communications toolkits and solutions for the U.S. Navy and the
U.S. Coast Guard. These solutions include network topology design, data encryption
algorithm development, cross domain solution development, data visualization and high
assurance guard (HAG) development, which enables the transfer of classified and
unclassified data to and from multiple security enclaves (groups of machines pulled
together to protect networks from outside interference and attacks by forming secure
virtual subnets). Our solutions are applied to dynamic and heterogeneous voice, video and
data infrastructures for mission-critical systems and weapons platforms. |
|
|
|
Systems and tools to integrate, process and distribute data from diverse and
disparate sensors, equipment and information sources that allow decision-makers to
improve their situational awareness and decision making. Using proprietary tool kits
and systems, we have developed solutions such as WatchIT®, which integrates complex
sensor data with a geospatial overlay into a desktop command and control system. This
capability allows operators to intuitively manage a large array of sensor systems and
automates many of the manual tasks that the decision-maker must execute in a time of
crisis. In addition to WatchIT®, we have developed a plug-and-play architecture for
legacy and state-of-the-art C4ISR sensors. This architecture, called ResourceNet®,
provides a quick and easy application interface for any kind of sensor or network
appliance with a digital interface, greatly reducing the non-recurring costs for
sensor/device integration. |
|
|
|
Navigation and geospatial information systems to enhance maritime domain awareness.
For over 15 years we have designed and deployed computer-based navigation systems and
geospatial information systems that integrate data from multiple sensors in order to give
the U.S. Coast Guard and other maritime services real-time situational awareness of the
littoral waterways and port/harbor environments. |
Highly Engineered Force Mobility and Modernization Solutions
|
|
|
Innovative tactical water purification and packaging systems that provide high
quality drinking water to U.S. troops in operational environments. Our tactical water
purification system (TWPS) is capable of purifying, storing and dispensing potable water
from fresh, brackish, sea and nuclear, biological and chemically contaminated waters. Our
water purification technology has also been extended to shower waste water reuse. This
initial design is also being extended to handle laundry
and other gray waters to provide a more general use. In addition to our systems for
purifying water, we have also developed a system to transport and to package drinking water
for users in the field, known as our mobile water packaging system (MWPS). We are currently
pursuing revenue opportunities for these water technologies. |
4
|
|
|
Operational systems that support deployed military personnel over extended periods
in austere field environments. These systems include expeditionary field feeding units,
showers and laundry units to support personal hygiene. We also provide a complete,
self-contained expeditionary base camp system that provides billeting, feeding and
hygiene services for over 550 soldiers and support staff. We design units that are
entirely self-sufficient and environmentally-friendly. |
|
|
|
Transportable military medical systems. These systems include service-proven
Mobile Dental Units (MODENT), Chemical Protected Deployable Medical Units (CPDEPMED), and
Chemical Protected Expeditionary Waste Disposal Units to support personal hygiene for
mobile military hospitals. |
|
|
|
Command and control systems used for communications and mobile applications. We
have developed significant expertise in mobile systems integration of communications and
electronics equipment into platforms ranging from land vehicles to transportable
shelters. |
|
|
|
Technical, engineering, and software development support services. We have been
supporting the U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center, Aberdeen Proving Ground continuously for
over 20 years, providing scientific and engineering support for the development of
instrumentation systems and test facilities. Our support has been enhanced with on-site
engineers and software developers. The emphasis has been quick response design and
development of instrumentation solutions to collect, process and display operational
characteristics associated with testing of military systems. |
Customers
We derive substantially all of our revenue from contracts with federal government agencies
involved with national security missions. Our customers include the Department of Defense,
Intelligence Community, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Law Enforcement agencies, and
other agencies charged with national security responsibilities. For 2010, we derived approximately
71% of our revenue from the Department of Defense, including the U.S. Army, U.S. Navy, U.S. Marine
Corps and National Guard and Department of Defense agencies within the Intelligence Community and
approximately 29% of our revenue from national security agencies including the Department of
Homeland Security, federal law enforcement agencies and other agencies in the Intelligence
Community.
Our customers include various intelligence, defense and other national agencies such as:
|
|
|
Department of Defense |
|
National Security Agencies |
Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command
|
|
Other Intelligence Community |
|
|
|
Naval Research Laboratory (NRL)
|
|
Department of Homeland |
|
|
|
U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center
|
|
Department of Justice |
|
|
|
U.S. Army Natick Soldiers Systems Center
|
|
Transportation Security Agency |
|
|
|
U.S. Army TACOM (Tank-Automotive and
Armaments Command)
|
|
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
|
|
Department of Defense Intelligence
Community
|
|
Department of State |
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Bureau of Investigation |
Contracts
We derive revenue primarily from contracts with U.S. government agencies that are focused on
national security and as a result, funding for our programs is generally linked to trends in U.S.
government spending in the areas of defense, intelligence and homeland security. In response to
evolving terrorist threats and world events, the U.S. government has substantially increased its
overall defense, intelligence and homeland security budgets in the past several years.
We provide our services and solutions under three types of federal government contracts:
fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-plus.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, we derived approximately 55.6%, 33.8% and 10.6%
of our revenue from fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-plus contracts, respectively, and
approximately 82.7% of our revenue was derived from contracts in which we are the prime contractor
with the remaining 17.3% being derived from contracts in which we are a subcontractor. For the year
ended December 31, 2010, we had four contracts that accounted for $101.3 million, or 43.5% of our
total revenue.
5
See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
for further discussion on our contracts. See also Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our IndustryOur
U.S. government contracts may be terminated by the federal government at any time and, if we do not
replace terminated contracts, our operating results would be adversely affected.
Backlog
We define total backlog as the amount of revenue we expect to realize (i) over the remaining
base contract performance period and (ii) from the exercise of option periods that we reasonably
believe will be exercised, in each case from signed contracts in existence as of the measurement
date. We also include in backlog our estimates of revenue from future delivery orders on
requirements and ID/IQ contracts. At times, our estimates of future revenue on such contracts are
less than the contract ceiling.
We define funded backlog as the portion of our total backlog for which funding is currently
appropriated and obligated to us under a signed contract or task order by the purchasing agency, or
otherwise authorized for payment to us by a customer upon completion of a specified portion of
work. Our funded backlog does not include the full potential value of our contracts, because the
Congress often appropriates funds to be used by an agency for a particular program or contract only
on a yearly or quarterly basis, even though the contract may call for performance over a number of
years. As a result, contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their term,
and all or some of the work to be performed under the contracts may remain unfunded unless and
until the Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the procuring agency allocates funding to
the contract. Unfunded backlog is total backlog less funded backlog.
As of December 31, 2010, our total backlog was $790.9 million, of which $161.9 million
was funded and $629.0 million was unfunded. We expect approximately $211.8 million of our December
31, 2010 backlog to be recorded as sales in 2011.
Business Development
Our organic growth has been driven by a disciplined and growth-oriented business development
process centered on the defense, intelligence, homeland security and federal law enforcement
communities, individual agencies and specific capabilities and program areas. As such, we have
business development teams that focus on the Department of Defense, the Intelligence Community,
Homeland Security and Federal Law Enforcement marketplaces. Within each team, account managers
specifically target agencies or program areas representing attractive opportunities.
In the past year, we have built a corporate-level business development capability, including a
Program Management Office to pursue opportunities that cut across our core competencies and
customer groups, and that are more complex in both scope of task and depth of solutions required.
Our executive management team is focused on growth and business development, and plays a
central role in identifying, qualifying, and bidding on opportunities for large and complex
contracts that cut across our core competencies and customer groups. The members of our executive
management team are subject matter experts in the mission areas of our customers and in the
government procurement and acquisition fields, serving in visible leadership positions in industry
groups, publishing articles in professional journals and speaking in expert forums. In 2010, we
strengthened our business development capabilities by recruiting tried and tested business
development professionals with a track record of winning large contracts. In addition, we added
depth to our capture and proposal teams and began the build-out of our Program Management Office
designed to drive revenue through our major IDIQ vehicles. Our corporate business development
function oversees our pipeline and bid status and our operating management team regularly reviews
all of our business development efforts with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer.
We place a high value on our understanding of our customers mission and technology
requirements in our business development process. Our account-based and capabilities-based business
development approach allows us deep domain expertise with respect to both our customers needs and
also the technology and engineering areas in which we operate. The relationships we have with our
customers and the subject matter expertise we have in the industry help us create differentiated
mission-critical solutions for our customers. We use industry standard methods for the business
development process itself, including examining customer and market trends/data, qualifying
possible work, solutions creation and generating proposals that capture our value proposition to
the customer. We always aim to be the prime contractor on any opportunity on which we will bid, but
will be a subcontractor when necessary to perform good work for mission-critical customers.
Some of our business has been awarded to us without competition. We call these sole source
awards. We win these awards, particularly for some of our counter-terrorism and force mobility and
modernization programs, because we have proven technical capabilities that we believe are superior
to almost any known competitor and a trusted relationship with the customer.
Competition
We both compete against and team with a number of different technology services companies in
the course of bidding on government contracts. We believe that the major competitive factors in our
market are distinctive technical competencies, strong customer relationships with successful past
contract performance, intelligence and military work experience, competitive pricing, and
reputation for quality.
6
We compete against large prime contractors, who may have greater financial capabilities than
we do. We also compete against mid-tier technology services firms, as well as smaller, more
specialized companies that concentrate their resources on particular segments. The same companies
are often partnered with us as prime-sub or sub-prime teams on various opportunities.
We believe our principal competitors in these categories include the following companies in
our TIS segment:
|
|
|
Among large defense contractors, BAE Systems plc, The Boeing Company, General
Dynamics Corporation, ITT Corporation, L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc, Lockheed Martin
Corporation, Northrop Grumman Corporation, and SAIC, Inc. |
|
|
|
Among mid-tier technology services firms, CACI International Inc., ManTech
International Corporation, SRA International, Inc., and KEYW Corporation. |
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 1,133 full-time and part-time employees. 251 of
those employees hold advanced degrees, with 60 of those holding Ph.D.s. 847 of our employees hold
security clearances with 714 of those clearances at the level of Top Secret or above. None of our
employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements.
Financial Information about Geographic Areas
As of the Companys last three fiscal years, we have not had revenue attributable to customers
in foreign countries and we have no long-lived assets located in foreign countries.
Intellectual Property
We believe we have a number of trade secrets and other forms of intellectual property that
contribute to our success and competitive position; however, while we endeavor to protect the
secrecy of this proprietary information, our solutions are not dependent on patent protection. We
own a number of trademarks and copyrights. We rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other
contractual arrangements and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights and also enter
into confidentiality and intellectual property agreements with our employees that require them to
disclose any inventions created during employment, convey all rights to inventions to us, and
restrict the distribution of proprietary information.
Research and Development
We regularly perform research and development activities for our clients under contract. Our
clients generally retain the rights to all intellectual property developed under those contracts.
In addition, we also pursue independent research and development activities to enhance our
competitive position. We incurred costs for our independent research and development of $1.0
million, $1.1 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.gtec-inc.com. Information contained on our Internet
website is not part of this report or incorporated herein by reference. Through a link to the
Investor Relations section of our website, we make available free of charge our annual reports on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other reports filed or
furnished to the SEC under the Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file
or furnish such materials.
A member of the public may read and copy materials we file with the SEC at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 and may obtain information on the
operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC
maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding issuers, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of
the SECs Internet site is www.sec.gov.
You may request a copy of the materials identified in the preceding paragraph at no cost by
writing us at Investor Relations, 1501 Farm Credit Drive, Suite 2300, McLean, VA 22102, via email
at investors@gtec-inc.com, or via telephone at (703)738-2840.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with
information included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K and other documents we file with
the SEC, in your evaluation of our business and us. The risks and uncertainties described below are
those that we identified as material, but are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. If
any of the events or developments described below occur, our business, financial condition or
results of operations could be negatively affected. In that case, the trading price of our common
stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
7
Risks Related to Our Business
We depend on contracts with the U.S. government for substantially all of our revenue. If our
relationships with U.S. government agencies were harmed, our business, future revenue and growth
prospects would be adversely affected.
We derive substantially all of our revenue from our U.S. government customers. We expect that
U.S. government contracts will continue to be the primary source of our revenue for the foreseeable
future. Our business, prospects, financial conditional or operating results would be materially
harmed if:
|
|
|
the government ceases to do business with us, or significantly decreases the amount
of business it does with us; |
|
|
|
we were suspended or debarred from contracting with the U.S. government or a
significant government agency; or |
|
|
|
our reputation or relationship or that of our senior managers with the government
agencies with which we currently do business or seek to do business is impaired. |
U.S. government spending and mission priorities may change in a manner that adversely affects our
future revenue and limits our growth prospects.
Our business depends upon continued U.S. government expenditures on intelligence, defense and
other programs for which we provide support. These expenditures have not remained constant over
time and have been reduced in certain periods. For example, the overall U.S. defense budget
declined for certain periods of time in the late 1980s and the early 1990s, resulting in a slowing
of new program starts, program delays and program cancellations. These reductions caused many
defense-related government contractors to experience declining revenue, increased pressure on
operating margins and, in some cases, net losses. While spending authorizations for intelligence
and defense-related programs by the government have increased in recent years, and in particular
after the 2001 terrorist attacks and more recently as a result of action in support of military and
civil activity in Afghanistan and Iraq, future levels of expenditure, mission priorities and
authorizations for these programs may decrease or shift to programs in areas where we do not
currently provide services. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could
be materially harmed among other causes by the following:
|
|
|
budgetary constraints affecting U.S. government spending generally, or specific
departments or agencies in particular, and changes in available funding; |
|
|
|
changes in U.S. government programs or requirements; |
|
|
|
U.S. government shutdowns (such as that which occurred during fiscal year 1996) and
other potential delays in the appropriations process; |
|
|
|
realignment of funding with changed federal government priorities, which may impact
the U.S. war efforts, including reductions in funding for in-theater missions; and |
|
|
|
curtailment of the U.S. governments outsourcing of mission-critical support and IT
services. |
These or other factors could cause U.S. government agencies and departments to reduce their
purchases under contracts, exercise their right to terminate contracts, or not exercise options to
renew contracts, any of which could cause us to lose revenue. A significant decline in overall U.S.
government spending, or a shift in expenditures away from agencies or programs that we support,
could cause a material decline in our revenue.
We rely on a few large contracts for a significant portion of our revenue and net income. The
loss of any one or more of these contracts could cause a material decline in our operating
results.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had four contracts that totaled $101.3 million, or
43.5% of our total revenue. Although we have been successful in continuing work on most of our
large contracts in the past, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future. The
revenue stream from one or more of these contracts could end for a number of reasons, including the
completion of the customers requirements, the completion or early termination of our current
contract, the consolidation of our work into another contract where we are not the holder of that
contract, or the loss of a competitive bid for the follow-on work related to our current contract.
If any of these events were to occur, we could experience an unexpected, significant reduction in
revenue and net income. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations for further discussion with respect to these contracts.
8
|
|
|
We may lose money on some contracts if we do not accurately estimate the expense, time and
resources necessary to satisfy our contractual obligations. |
We enter into three types of federal government contracts for our systems and services:
fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-plus. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and
2008, we derived revenue from such contracts as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract Type |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Fixed-price |
|
|
55.6 |
% |
|
|
59.0 |
% |
|
|
58.8 |
% |
Time-and-materials |
|
|
33.8 |
% |
|
|
29.0 |
% |
|
|
29.3 |
% |
Cost-plus |
|
|
10.6 |
% |
|
|
12.0 |
% |
|
|
11.9 |
% |
Each of these types of contracts, to varying degrees, involves some risk that we could
underestimate our cost of fulfilling the contract, which may reduce the profit we earn or lead to a
financial loss on the contract.
Under fixed-price contracts, we perform specific tasks for a fixed price. Compared to
cost-plus contracts, fixed-price contracts generally offer higher margin opportunities but involve
greater financial risk because we bear the impact of cost overruns and bear the risk of
underestimating the level of effort required to perform the contractual obligations. The increased
costs and expenses could produce a loss on the performance of the contract.
Under time-and-materials contracts, we are reimbursed for labor at negotiated hourly billing
rates and for certain expenses. We assume financial risk on time-and-material contracts because we
assume the risk of performing those contracts at fixed hourly rates.
Under cost-plus contracts, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and paid a fee, which may be
fixed or performance-based. To the extent that the actual costs incurred in performing a cost-plus
contract are within the contract ceiling and allowable under the terms of the contract and
applicable regulations, we are entitled to reimbursement of our costs, plus a profit. However, if
our costs exceed the ceiling or are not allowable under the terms of the contract or applicable
regulations, we may not be able to recover those excess or unallowable costs.
Our profits could be adversely affected if our costs under any of these contracts exceed the
assumptions we used in bidding for the contract. Over time, and particularly if we acquire other
businesses, our contract mix may change, to include a greater proportion of fixed-price or
time-and-materials contracts, which would increase our exposure to these risks.
If we fail to comply with complex procurement laws and regulations, we could lose business and be
liable for various penalties or sanctions.
We must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and
performance of federal government contracts. These laws and regulations affect how we conduct
business with our federal government customers. In complying with these laws and regulations, we
may incur significant costs, and non-compliance may allow for the imposition of additional fines
and penalties, including contractual damages. Among the more significant laws and regulations
affecting our business are the following:
|
|
|
the Federal Acquisition Regulation, which comprehensively regulates the formation,
administration and performance of federal government contracts; |
|
|
|
the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and disclosure of all
cost and pricing data in connection with contract negotiations; |
|
|
|
the Cost Accounting Standards and Cost Principles, which imposes accounting
requirements that govern our right to reimbursement under certain cost-based federal
government contracts; and |
|
|
|
laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of
classified information and, under U.S. export control laws, the export of certain
products and technical data. |
Our contracting agency customers periodically review our performance under and compliance with
the terms of our federal government contracts. If we fail to comply with these control regimes or
if a government review or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject
to civil or criminal penalties or administrative sanctions, including:
|
|
|
termination of contracts; |
|
|
|
cost associated with triggering of price reduction clauses; |
|
|
|
suspension of payments; |
|
|
|
suspension or debarment from doing business with federal government agencies. |
Additionally, the False Claims Act provides for potentially substantial civil penalties where,
for example, a contractor presents a false or fraudulent claim to the government for payment or
approval. Actions under the False Claims Act may be brought by the government or by other persons
on behalf of the government (who may then share a portion of any recovery).
9
Because we are under foreign ownership, control or influence (FOCI), and perform on U.S.
classified contracts, we are a party to a Security Control Agreement with the Department of
Defense and are subject to other requirements of the National Industrial Security Program
Operating Manual, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us. Our failure to comply
with these obligations could result in our not being able to continue performing under our U.S.
classified contracts, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We operate under a Security Control Agreement, or SCA, with the Department of Defense. If a
companys ownership structure presents the potential for foreign ownership, control, or influence,
or FOCI, then the Department of Defense may require certain protective measures to mitigate the
FOCI (such as an SCA) in order for the company and its subsidiaries to have security clearances.
According to the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual, or NISPOM, a company is
under FOCI if its foreign parent has the power, direct or indirect, whether or not exercised, and
whether or not exercisable through the ownership of the U.S. companys securities, by contractual
arrangements or other means, to direct or decide matters affecting the management or operations of
that company in a manner which may result in unauthorized access to classified information or may
adversely affect the performance of classified contracts. Because a significant percentage of our
voting equity is owned by a non-U.S. entity, we have been determined to be under FOCI, and are
therefore required to operate pursuant to an SCA in order for our subsidiary to be able to maintain
the requisite security clearances to access classified information and perform on classified
contracts.
We currently maintain a Top Secret level facility security clearance, or FCL, under the SCA
and derive a significant portion of our revenue from classified contracts. If we were to violate
the terms and requirements of the SCA, the NISPOM, or any other applicable U.S. government
industrial security regulations, we could lose our FCL. We cannot give any assurance that we will
be able to maintain our FCL. If for some reason our FCL is suspended, invalidated or terminated, we
may not be able to continue to perform our classified contracts in effect at that time or enter
into new classified contracts. This would result in our not being able to recognize revenue and
would thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
We derive most of our revenue from contracts awarded through a competitive bidding process. This
process can impose substantial costs upon us and we may lose revenue if we fail to compete
effectively.
We derive most of our revenue from federal government contracts that are awarded through a
competitive bidding process and we expect that solicitation will continue for the foreseeable
future. Competitive bidding presents a number of risks, including:
|
|
|
bidding on programs in advance of the completion of their design, which may result
in unforeseen technological difficulties and cost overruns; |
|
|
|
devoting substantial resources and managerial time and effort to preparing bids and
proposals for contracts that are not awarded to us, which may result in reduced
profitability; |
|
|
|
failing to accurately estimate the resources and cost structure that will be
required to service any contract we are awarded; |
|
|
|
incurring expense and delay due to a competitors protest or challenge of contract
awards made to us, including the risk that any such protest or challenge could result in
the resubmission of bids on modified specifications, or in the termination, reduction or
modification of the awarded contract, either of which may result in reduced
profitability; |
|
|
|
changes to client bidding practices or government reform of procurement practices,
which may alter the prescribed contract relating to contract vehicles, contract types and
consolidations; and |
|
|
|
changes in policy and goals by the government providing set-aside funds to small
businesses or disadvantaged businesses, and other socio-economic requirements in the
allocation of contracts. |
If we are unable to win particular contracts that are awarded through the competitive bidding
process, in addition to the risk that our operating results may be adversely affected, we may be
unable to operate in the market for services that are provided under those contracts for a number
of years. Even if we win a particular contract through competitive bidding, our profit margins may
be depressed as a result of the costs incurred in the bidding process.
We face intense competition from many competitors that, among other things, have greater
resources than we do.
We operate in highly competitive markets and generally encounter intense competition to win
contracts and task orders. We compete with many other firms, ranging from small, specialized firms
to mid-tier technology firms and large, diversified firms, many of which have substantially greater
financial, management and marketing resources than we do. Our competitors may be able to provide
our customers with different or greater capabilities or benefits than we can in areas such as
technical qualifications, past contract performance, geographic presence, price and the
availability of qualified professional personnel. Our failure to compete effectively because of any
of these or other factors could cause our revenue and operating profits to decline. In addition,
our competitors also have established or may establish relationships among themselves or with third
parties to increase their ability to address our customers needs. Accordingly, it is possible that
new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge that would compete with us more
effectively than currently.
Further, we may face competition from our subcontractors who, from time to time, seek to
obtain prime contractor status on contracts for which they currently serve as a subcontractor for
us. If one or more of our current subcontractors are awarded prime
contractor status on such contracts in the future, it would divert sales from us and could
force us to charge lower prices in order to ensure that we retain our prime contractor status.
10
Our estimated contract backlog may not result in actual revenue.
As of December 31, 2010, our estimated contract backlog totaled $790.9 million, of which
$161.9 million was funded. There can be no assurance that our backlog will result in actual revenue
in any particular period, or at all, or that any contract included in our backlog will be
profitable. There is a higher degree of risk in this regard with respect to unfunded backlog. The
actual receipt and timing of any revenue is subject to various contingencies, many of which are
beyond our control. The actual receipt of revenue on contracts included in backlog may never occur
or may change because a program schedule could change, the program could be cancelled, a contract
could be reduced, modified or terminated early, or an option that we had assumed would be exercised
may not be exercised. Further, while many of our federal government contracts require performance
over a period of years, Congress often appropriates funds for these contracts for only one year at
a time. Consequently, our contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their
term, and all or some of the work intended to be performed under the contracts will remain unfunded
pending subsequent Congressional appropriations and the obligations of additional funds to the
contract by the procuring agency. Our estimates are based on our experience under such contracts
and similar contracts. However, there can be no assurance that all or any, of such estimated
contract value will be recognized as revenue.
The loss of any member of our senior management could impair our relationships with federal
government clients and disrupt the management of our business.
We believe that the success of our business and our ability to operate profitably depends on
the continued contributions of the members of our senior management. We rely on our senior
management to generate business and execute programs successfully. In addition, the relationships
and reputation that many members of our senior management team have established and maintain with
federal government personnel contribute to our ability to maintain strong client relationships.
Therefore, the loss of any member of our senior management could impair our ability to identify and
secure new contracts, to maintain good client relations and to otherwise manage our business.
If we fail to attract and retain skilled employees, we might not be able to perform under our
contracts and our ability to maintain and grow our business could be limited.
The growth of our business and revenue depends in large part upon our ability to attract and
retain sufficient numbers of highly qualified individuals who have advanced engineering and
information technology skills, specialized knowledge of customer missions and appropriate security
clearances, and who work well with our government customers. Competition for such personnel is
intense, and recruiting, training and retention costs place significant demands on our resources.
If we are unable to recruit and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees, our ability to
maintain and grow our business could be limited. Furthermore, we could be required to engage larger
numbers of independent contractors, which could increase our costs and reduce our profit margins.
In addition, many of our professional personnel may have specific knowledge of, and experience
with, our federal government customers operations, and we may obtain some of our contracts based
on that knowledge and experience. The loss of services of key personnel could impair our ability to
perform required services under some of our contracts and to retain such contracts, as well as our
ability to win new business.
Internal system or service failures could disrupt our business and impair our ability to
effectively provide our products and services to our customers, which could damage our reputation
and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
We may be subject to systems failures, including network, software or hardware failures,
whether caused by us, third-party service providers, intruders or hackers, computer viruses,
natural disasters, power shortages or terrorist attacks. Any such failures could cause loss of data
and interruptions or delays in our business, cause us to incur remediation costs, subject us to
claims and damage our reputation. In addition, the failure or disruption of our communications or
utilities could cause us to interrupt or suspend our operations or otherwise adversely affect our
business. Our property and business interruption insurance may be inadequate to compensate us for
all losses that may occur as a result of any system or operational failure or disruption and, as a
result, our future results could be adversely affected.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of factors outside our
control, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Our revenue and operating results vary from quarter to quarter and, as a result, our operating
results may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause the
price of our common stock to decline. Factors that may affect our operating results include those
listed in this Risk Factors section and others that are specific to our industry, such as:
|
|
|
fluctuations in revenue earned on government contracts; |
|
|
|
seasonal fluctuations in our staff utilization rates; |
|
|
|
commencement, completion or termination of contracts during any particular quarter; |
|
|
|
variable purchasing patterns of our customers; |
|
|
|
changes in contract requirements by our government agency customers, particularly
with respect to customer requirements for our expeditionary systems; and |
|
|
|
changes in presidential administrations and senior federal government officials
that affect the timing of technology procurement. |
11
Reductions in revenue in a particular quarter could lead to lower profitability in that
quarter because a relatively large amount of our expenses are fixed in the short term. We incur
significant operating expenses during the start-up and early stages of large contracts, and may not
receive corresponding payments in that same quarter. We may also incur significant or unanticipated
expenses when a contract expires, terminates or is not renewed.
We will be liable for products and service failures to our customers.
We create, implement and maintain information technology and technical services solutions that
are often critical to our customers operations. We have experienced and, may in the future
experience, some systems and service failures, schedule or delivery delays and other problems in
connection with our work. If our solutions, services, products or other applications have
significant defects or errors, are subject to delivery delays or fail to meet our customers
expectations, we may:
|
|
|
lose revenue due to adverse customer reaction; |
|
|
|
be required to provide additional services to a customer at no charge; |
|
|
|
receive negative publicity, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect
our ability to attract or retain customers; and |
|
|
|
suffer claims for substantial damages against us. |
In addition, these failures may result in increased costs or loss of revenue if they result in
customers postponing subsequently scheduled work or canceling or failing to renew contracts.
While many of our contracts with the federal government limit our liability for damages that
may arise from negligence in rendering services, we cannot be sure that these contractual
provisions will protect us from liability for damages if we are sued. Furthermore, our errors and
omissions and product liability insurance coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable
terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or the insurer may disclaim
coverage as to some types of future claims. The successful assertion of any large claim against us
could seriously harm our business. Even if not successful, these claims could result in significant
legal and other costs and may be a distraction to our management and may harm our reputation.
Security breaches in classified government systems could adversely affect our business.
Many of the programs we support and systems we develop, install and maintain involve managing
and protecting intelligence, national security and other classified government information. While
we have designed programs to comply with relevant security laws, regulations and restrictions, a
security breach in one of these systems could cause serious harm to our business, damage our
reputation and prevent us from being eligible for further work on critical classified systems for
federal government customers. Losses that we could incur from such a security breach could exceed
the policy limits that we have for our errors and omissions or product liability insurance. Damage
to our reputation or limitations on our eligibility for additional work resulting from a security
breach in one of the systems we develop, install and maintain could materially reduce our revenue.
Our employees or subcontractors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, which
could cause us to lose contracts.
We are exposed to the risk that employee or subcontractor fraud or other misconduct could
occur. Misconduct by our employees, or those of our subcontractors, could include intentional
failure to comply with federal government procurement regulations, engaging in unauthorized
activities or falsifying time records. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of our
clients sensitive or classified information as well as security breaches, which could result in
regulatory sanctions against us, liability to third parties, adverse publicity and serious harm to
our reputation and could result in a loss of contracts and a reduction in revenue and net income.
It is not always possible to deter individual misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent
and detect this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses,
which could cause us to lose contracts or cause a reduction in revenue.
Our business depends upon obtaining and maintaining required security clearances.
Many of our federal government contracts require our employees to maintain various levels of
security clearances, and we are required to maintain certain facility security clearances complying
with Department of Defense and the Intelligence Community requirements. Obtaining and maintaining
security clearances for employees involve lengthy processes, and it is difficult to identify,
recruit and retain employees who already hold security clearances. If our employees are unable to
obtain or retain security clearances or if our employees who hold security clearances terminate
employment with us and we are unable to find replacements with equal or greater security
clearances, the customer whose work requires cleared employees could terminate the contract or
decide not to renew it upon its expiration. In addition, we expect that many of the contracts on
which we will bid will require us to demonstrate our ability to obtain facility security clearances
and perform work with employees who hold specified types of security clearances. To the extent we
are not able to obtain facility security clearances or engage employees with the required
security clearances for a particular contract, we may not be able to bid on or win new contracts,
or effectively re-bid on expiring contracts.
12
If our status as a smaller reporting company changes, Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 may require an independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these
requirements could adversely affect our future results of operations and our stock price.
Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires an independent registered public
accounting firm to test the internal control over financial reporting of public companies, and to
report on the effectiveness of such controls, for each fiscal year ending after June 15, 2010.
Under the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, we are exempt from
Section 404(b) as long as we remain a smaller reporting company or a non-accelerated filer. If our
status as a smaller reporting company changes, we may be required to comply with this auditor
attestation requirement.
In addition, we may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need
improvement, particularly with respect to businesses that we may acquire. If so, we cannot be
certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure that we have adequate internal controls over
our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new or
improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could harm our operating
results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we
have effective internal control over financial reporting, or if it becomes necessary for our
independent registered public accounting firm to provide us with an unqualified report regarding
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and it is unable to do so,
investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result
in a decrease in the value of our common stock.
If our subcontractors or suppliers fail to perform their contractor obligations, our performance
and reputation as a prime contractor and our ability to obtain future business could suffer.
As a prime contractor, we often rely significantly upon other companies as subcontractors to
perform work we are contractually obligated to perform for our clients. We are responsible for the
work performed by our subcontractors, even though in some cases we have limited involvement in that
work. If one or more of our subcontractors fail to satisfactorily perform the agreed-upon services
on a timely basis or violate federal government contracting policies, laws or regulations, our
ability to perform our obligations as a prime contractor or meet our clients expectations may be
compromised. In extreme cases, failure to perform or other deficiencies on the part of our
subcontractors could result in a client terminating our contract for default. A termination for
default could expose us to liability, including liability for the agencys costs of reprocurement,
could damage our reputation and could hurt our ability to compete for future contracts.
Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties or other adverse consequences to our
business.
One of our key operating strategies is to selectively pursue acquisitions. Our acquisition
strategy poses many risks, including:
|
|
|
we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates at prices we
consider attractive; |
|
|
|
we may not be able to compete successfully for identified acquisition candidates,
complete acquisitions or accurately estimate the financial effect of acquisitions on our
business; |
|
|
|
future acquisitions may require us to issue common stock or spend significant cash,
resulting in dilution of ownership or additional debt leverage; |
|
|
|
we may have difficulty retaining an acquired companys key employees or customers; |
|
|
|
we may have difficulty integrating acquired businesses, resulting in unforeseen
difficulties, such as incompatible accounting, information management, or other control
systems; |
|
|
|
acquisitions may disrupt our business or distract our management from other
responsibilities; and |
|
|
|
as a result of an acquisition, we may need to record write-downs from future
impairments of intangible assets, which could reduce our future reported earnings. |
In connection with any acquisition that we make, there may be liabilities that we fail to
discover or that we inadequately assess. Acquired entities may not operate profitably or result in
improved operating performance. Additionally, we may not realize anticipated synergies. If our
acquisitions perform poorly, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.
We have a substantial investment in recorded goodwill as a result of our acquisitions and changes
in future business conditions could cause this investment to become impaired, requiring
substantial write-downs that could reduce our net income.
As of December 31, 2010, goodwill accounted for $83.6 million, or 39.0% of our recorded total
assets. We review our goodwill for impairment at least annually and when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The annual impairment test is
based on several factors requiring judgment. Principally, a decrease in expected reporting unit
cash flows or changes in market conditions may indicate potential impairment of recorded goodwill.
If goodwill became impaired, we could record
a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which
impairment of our goodwill is determined, which could significantly reduce or eliminate our net
income.
13
We may be harmed by intellectual property infringement claims.
We may become subject to claims from employees or third parties who assert that intellectual
property we use in delivering services and business solutions to our clients infringe upon
intellectual property rights of such employees or third parties. Our employees develop much of the
intellectual property that we use to provide our services and business solutions to our clients,
but we also engage third parties to assist us and we license technology from other vendors. If our
vendors or other third parties assert claims that we or our clients are infringing on their
intellectual property, we could incur substantial costs to defend those claims, even if we prevail.
In addition, if any of these infringement claims are ultimately successful, we could be required
to:
|
|
|
pay substantial damages; |
|
|
|
cease selling and using products and services that incorporate the challenged
intellectual property; |
|
|
|
obtain a license or additional licenses from our vendors or third parties, which
may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all; and |
|
|
|
redesign our products and services that rely on the challenged intellectual
property, which may be very expensive or commercially impractical. |
Any of these outcomes could significantly and adversely affect our operating results.
We expect to incur debt in the future, which could substantially reduce our profitability, limit
our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, and reduce the value of your investment.
As a result of our business activities and acquisitions, we have incurred debt. The amount of
our debt could have important consequences for holders of our stock, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital
expenditures, product and service development, acquisitions, general corporate purposes,
and other purposes may be impaired; |
|
|
|
a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations could be dedicated to the
payment of the principal and interest on our debt; |
|
|
|
we are and may continue to be vulnerable to economic downturns and rises in
interest rates; |
|
|
|
our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and the
marketplace may be limited; and |
|
|
|
we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage relative to other firms in our
industry. |
Our ability to grow will be limited if we cannot obtain additional capital.
Our growth strategy includes pursuing strategic acquisitions. We believe that it will be
difficult to fund acquisitions with cash from operating activities. As a result, we expect to rely
primarily upon the availability of debt or equity capital, which may or may not be available on
favorable terms or at all. Our access to debt or equity capital depends on a number of factors,
including the markets perception of our growth potential and our current and potential future
earnings. Depending on the outcome of these factors, we could experience delay or difficulty in
implementing our growth strategy on satisfactory terms, or could be unable to implement this
strategy.
Our credit facility contains financial and operating covenants that limit our operations and
could lead to adverse consequences if we fail to comply.
Our credit facility, entered into on February 3, 2010 and amended and restated on December 10,
2010, contains financial and operating covenants relating to, among other things, minimum net
worth, minimum EBITDA, a maximum total leverage ratio and a fixed charges coverage ratio, as well
as limitations on mergers, consolidations and dissolutions; sales of assets; investments and
acquisitions; indebtedness and liens; dividends; repurchase of shares of capital stock and options
to purchase shares of capital stock; transactions with affiliates; sales and leaseback
transactions; and restricted payments. Failure to meet these financial and operating covenants
could result from, among other things, changes in our results of operations, the incurrence of debt
or changes in general economic conditions. These covenants may restrict our ability to engage in
transactions that we believe would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, which
could harm our business and operations.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Our U.S. government contracts may be terminated by the federal government at any time and, if we
do not replace terminated contracts, our operating results would be adversely affected.
We derive most of our revenue from U.S. government contracts that typically span one or more
base years and one or more option years. The option periods may cover more than half of the
contracts potential duration. U.S. government agencies have the right not to exercise these option
periods. In addition, our contracts also contain provisions permitting a U.S. government client to
terminate the contract on short notice and for its convenience, as well as for our default. A
decision by a U.S. government agency not to exercise option periods or to terminate contracts could
result in a reduction of our profitability on these contracts and significant revenue shortfalls.
14
If the U.S. government terminates a contract for convenience, we may recover only our incurred
or committed costs, settlement expenses and reasonable profit on work completed prior to the
termination. We cannot recover anticipated net income on terminated work. If the U.S. government
terminates a contract for default, we may not recover even those amounts, and instead may be liable
for excess costs incurred by the U.S. government in procuring undelivered items and services from
another source.
U.S. government contracts contain other provisions that may be unfavorable to contractors.
Beyond the right to terminate a contract for convenience or decline to exercise an option to
renew, U.S. government contracts contain provisions and are subject to laws and regulations that
give the U.S. government rights and remedies not typically found in commercial contracts. They also
permit the U.S. government to do the following:
|
|
|
reduce or modify contracts or subcontracts; |
|
|
|
cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for contract performance
for any subsequent year become unavailable; |
|
|
|
claim rights in products and systems produced by us; and |
|
|
|
suspend or debar us from doing business with the U.S. government. |
If the U.S. government exercises its rights under any of these provisions, our revenue and net
income could decline.
The industry in which our largest beneficial stockholder operates is frequently subject to
government and media scrutiny which can harm our reputation and our business.
In recent years, the media and committees of Congress have focused attention on the provision
of security services by private contractors operating overseas. Our largest beneficial stockholder
performs such services. Because our largest beneficial stockholder shares with us the GLOBAL name
and corporate logo, there is increased risk that the market will confuse the actions or perceptions
of our largest beneficial stockholder with those of our company. To the extent that the government
or the media perceive that GLOBAL has not complied with applicable laws or rules, the resulting
publicity could, regardless of the accuracy of such a perception, harm our reputation and our
business and cause our share price to decline.
A preference for minority-owned, small and small disadvantaged businesses could impact our
ability to be a prime contractor on certain government procurements.
As a result of the Small Business Administration, or SBA, set-aside program, the U.S.
government may decide to restrict certain procurements only to bidders that qualify as
minority-owned, small or small-disadvantaged businesses. As a result, we would not be eligible to
perform as a prime contractor on those programs and would be restricted to a maximum of 49% of the
work as a subcontractor on those programs. An increase in the amount of procurements under the SBA
set-aside program may impact our ability to bid on new procurements as a prime contractor or
restrict our ability to recompete on incumbent work that is placed in the set-aside program.
Unfavorable U.S. government audit results could subject us to a variety of penalties and
sanctions, and could harm our reputation and relationships with our clients.
The U.S. government, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA), audits and reviews
our performance on contracts, pricing practices, cost structure and compliance with applicable
laws, regulations and standards. The DCAA reviews a contractors internal control systems and
policies, including the contractors purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management
information systems, and the contractors compliance with such policies. Any costs found to be
improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed, while such costs already
reimbursed must be refunded. Adverse findings in a DCAA audit could materially affect our
competitive position and result in a substantial adjustment to our revenue and net income.
If a U.S. government audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil
and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture
of net income, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with
U.S. government agencies. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation and
competitive position if allegations of impropriety were made against us, whether or not true. If
our reputation or relationship with U.S. government agencies were impaired, or if the U.S.
government otherwise ceased doing business with us or significantly decreased the amount of
business it does with us, our revenue and net income would decline.
The U.S. government may revise its procurement or other practices in a manner adverse to us.
The U.S. government may revise its procurement practices or adopt new contracting rules and
regulations, such as cost accounting standards. It could also adopt new contracting methods
relating to General Services Administration (GSA) contracts, or other government-wide acquisition
contracts (GWACs), or adopt new standards for contract awards intended to achieve certain social
or other policy objectives. In addition, the U.S. government may face restrictions from new
legislation or regulations, as well as pressure from government employees and their unions, on the
nature and amount of services the U.S. government may obtain from private contractors. These
changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or contracts under which we currently
perform when those contracts are put up for recompetition bids. Any new contracting methods could
be costly or administratively difficult for us to implement, and, as a result, could harm our
operating results.
15
Additional Risks Related to Our Common Stock
If our stock price fluctuates, you could lose a significant part of your investment.
The market price of our common stock may be reduced by many factors, some of which are beyond
our control, including those described above under Risks Related to Our Business and Risks
Related to Our Industry and one or more of the following:
|
|
|
changes in stock market analysts recommendations regarding us, our competitors or
the industry in which we operate generally, or lack of analyst coverage of our common
stock; |
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or task orders,
acquisitions or capital commitments; |
|
|
|
loss of one or more of our significant customers; |
|
|
|
changes in market valuations or earnings of our competitors; |
|
|
|
variations in quarterly operating results; |
|
|
|
availability of capital; |
|
|
|
general economic conditions; |
|
|
|
military action related to international conflicts, wars or otherwise; |
|
|
|
adverse legislative or regulatory changes; |
|
|
|
departures of key personnel; |
|
|
|
future sales of our common stock; and |
|
|
|
investor perception of us and our industry. |
Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities
litigation brought against them. If litigation of this type is brought against us, it could result
in substantial costs and would divert managements attention and our resources.
Our largest beneficial stockholder has significant influence over us, which could result in our
taking actions of which you or other stockholders do not approve.
As of December 31, 2010, GLOBAL beneficially owns 3,803,274 shares of our common stock, or
41.6% of our outstanding common stock and therefore has significant influence over the outcome of
all matters that our stockholders vote upon, including the election of directors, amendments to our
certificate of incorporation and mergers and other business combinations. GLOBALs interests may
not be aligned with your interests or those of our other investors. This concentration of ownership
and voting power may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our
company and could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium over the market price if a change
in control is proposed. In addition, GLOBAL may at any time elect to sell or otherwise transfer its
beneficial ownership interest in us to another party unknown to us, whose intent or actions may not
be aligned with your interests or those of our other investors. The buyer or transferee of GLOBALs
beneficial ownership interest in us could include a competitor or other buyer who may use the
influence they obtain over us for purposes which ultimately diminish the value of our common stock.
Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the
market price of our common stock to drop significantly.
GLOBAL beneficially owns 3,803,274 shares of our common stock, or 41.6% of our outstanding
common stock as of December 31, 2010. If GLOBAL sells, or the market perceives that GLOBAL intends
to sell, a substantial portion of its beneficial ownership interest in us in the public market, the
market price of our common stock could decline significantly. In addition, as of January 1, 2011
the 1,250,000 shares that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or
reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in
the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements and Rules
144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived
that they will be sold, in the public market, the price of our common stock could decline
significantly. Such sales also could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related
securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
|
We do not intend to pay dividends. |
We intend to retain our earnings, if any, for general corporate purposes, and we do not
anticipate paying cash dividends on our stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing
credit facility restricts, and any future such facilities may restrict, us from paying such
dividends. Our dividend policy and these restrictions in our financing arrangements may make our
stock look less attractive to investors.
16
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our executive offices and certain of our operations are located at 1501 Farm Credit Drive,
McLean, Virginia. We also have other facilities in Virginia, Maryland, South Carolina and
California. Additionally, we have high-level Sensitive Compartmented Information Facilities (SCIFs)
that are used for classified work. Many of our employees are located in facilities provided by the
U.S. government. We do not currently own any real estate. The total square footage of our leased
offices and facilities are approximately 335,000 square feet, of which 200,000 square feet are a
part of our integration and prototyping facility in Easton, Maryland. We do not anticipate
difficulty in obtaining renewal or alternative space upon expiration of the leases. We believe our
facilities meet our current needs and that additional facilities will be available as we expand in
the future.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
business. Currently, we do not have any litigation pending the outcome of which, if unfavorable to
us, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
ITEM 4. RESERVED
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The Companys common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol GTEC. The
closing price on March 4, 2011 was $24.25 and there were three holders of record of our common
stock. The number of holders of record of our common stock is not representative of the number of
beneficial holders because many of the shares are held by depositories, brokers, or nominees.
Dividends have not been paid and there have been no repurchases of common stock. The following
table details our high and low prices since our IPO in November 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing Price |
|
|
(High-Low) |
Common Stock - Market Prices |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
First Quarter |
|
$16.65 $11.74 |
|
N/A |
Second Quarter |
|
$15.65 $12.77 |
|
N/A |
Third Quarter |
|
$14.00 $10.45 |
|
N/A |
Fourth Quarter |
|
$16.99 $12.85 |
|
$16.46 $13.00 |
Year ended December 31 |
|
$16.99 $10.45 |
|
$16.46 $13.00 |
The Company has 90,000,000 shares of common stock authorized at a $0.01 par value per share,
of which 9,146,812 and 9,051,812 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. We have no intention to pay dividends on our outstanding stock. The Company also
has 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, but zero issued and outstanding as of December
31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Global Defense Technology &
Systems, Inc., is expected to be held in June 2011 in northern Virginia with the exact time and
location to be decided.
17
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph shows the total shareholder return on an investment of $100 in cash on
November 20, 2009 (the date on which our common stock was first traded on the Nasdaq Global Market)
(i) our common stock, (ii) the Nasdaq Composite Index (iii) the S&P Aerospace & Defense Index, and
(iv) a peer group composed of GTEC and the following other Federal Government service providers:
CACI International, Inc., ICF International, Inc., ManTech International Corporation, NCI, Inc.,
and SRA International, Inc. at their respective closing prices on November 20, 2009. All values
assume reinvestment of the full amount of all dividends, if
any. The stockholder return shown below is not necessarily indicative of future performance,
and we do not make or endorse any predictions as to future stockholder returns.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated statements of operations data and the selected
consolidated balance sheet data have been derived from our audited financial statements. Our
historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any
future period. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.
Basis of Presentation
In 2006, our former indirect parent, GLOBAL, formed Contego Systems Inc. and Global Technology
Strategies, Inc. for the purpose of commencing technology operations in the U.S. On February 9,
2007, Global Technology Strategies, Inc. acquired all of the outstanding stock of SFA and its
subsidiary, TAC. Subsequent to the SFA acquisition, SFA was renamed GNA, and Global Technology
Strategies, Inc. was renamed GNA Holding. GNA and TAC are our operating subsidiaries. On December
31, 2008, as part of a restructuring, (i) we were formed under the name Contego NewCo Company, (ii)
Contego Systems Inc. transferred all of its assets to us and we assumed all of Contego Systems
Inc.s liabilities and (iii) Contego Systems Inc. was converted into Contego Systems LLC. In July
2009, we changed our name to Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc.
SFA and its subsidiary, TAC, are the predecessor entity, which we refer to as the Predecessor
for accounting purposes since their operations represent our principal business. The historical
results of SFA and its subsidiary, TAC, have been presented from April 1, 2006 through February 8,
2007, the date prior to the date of the SFA acquisition. The consolidated financial statements of
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., which include, in addition to the Predecessor, GNA
Holding and GNA, which we refer to as the Successor, have been presented from February 9, 2007
through December 31, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2010. The Successors
financial statements also include the historical results of Contego Systems Inc., which consists of
general and administrative expense incurred on behalf of GNA, for the period from February 9, 2007
through December 31, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009.
On November 19, 2009, the Company effected a 60,000-for-1 stock split for its authorized,
issued and outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, on November 19, 2009, GNA Holding
merged with and into GNA and the Company assumed all options previously granted pursuant to the SFA
Plan. The assumption of the SFA Plan options by the Company resulted in an adjustment to the number
of shares issuable upon exercise of those options on an approximate 18.216-to-1 basis in order to
achieve a value-for-value exchange, and did not result in any incremental stock based compensation.
The 18.216-to-1 ratio reflects the proportion of the 6,000,000 shares of common stock of the
Company to the 329,378 shares of common stock of GNA outstanding at the time of the stock split.
All shares of common stock and SFA Plan options presented in this annual report on Form 10-K give
effect to the stock split and stock option assumption effected on November 19, 2009.
Our financial statements also include the results of operations from our recent acquisitions.
On October 1, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Zytel Corporation, now known as GTEC Cyber
Solutions, Inc. On December 18, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Signature Government
Solutions, LLC, now known as GTEC Assured IT, LLC.
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 9 to |
|
|
|
April 1, 2006 to |
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
February 8, |
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
232,669 |
|
|
$ |
212,845 |
|
|
$ |
189,426 |
|
|
$ |
134,818 |
|
|
|
$ |
123,124 |
|
Operating costs and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
192,806 |
|
|
|
175,231 |
|
|
|
156,271 |
|
|
|
114,264 |
|
|
|
|
105,644 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
21,726 |
|
|
|
24,861 |
|
|
|
16,957 |
|
|
|
13,202 |
|
|
|
|
16,317 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
8,356 |
|
|
|
8,841 |
|
|
|
10,279 |
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
Impairment of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
|
218,286 |
|
|
|
208,448 |
|
|
|
184,516 |
|
|
|
137,745 |
|
|
|
|
122,033 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
14,383 |
|
|
|
4,397 |
|
|
|
4,910 |
|
|
|
(2,927 |
) |
|
|
|
1,091 |
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
270 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(477 |
) |
|
|
(1,849 |
) |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
|
(3,594 |
) |
|
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
13,918 |
|
|
|
2,555 |
|
|
|
2,200 |
|
|
|
(6,475 |
) |
|
|
|
1,294 |
|
(Provision for)/benefit from income taxes |
|
|
(5,165 |
) |
|
|
(1,286 |
) |
|
|
(1,138 |
) |
|
|
2,406 |
|
|
|
|
(2,116 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
8,753 |
|
|
$ |
1,269 |
|
|
$ |
1,062 |
|
|
$ |
(4,069 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(822 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic (1) |
|
$ |
0.97 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
$ |
(0.68 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(2.49 |
) |
Diluted (1) |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
$ |
(0.68 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(2.49 |
) |
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
9,056,196 |
|
|
|
6,341,079 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
329,378 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
9,156,879 |
|
|
|
6,440,301 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
329,378 |
|
|
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
February 8, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
Consolidated Balance
Sheet Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
566 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
1,422 |
|
|
$ |
279 |
|
|
|
$ |
20,869 |
|
Working capital (2) |
|
|
51,676 |
|
|
|
33,728 |
|
|
|
18,054 |
|
|
|
13,698 |
|
|
|
|
16,095 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
214,279 |
|
|
|
112,511 |
|
|
|
105,652 |
|
|
|
112,537 |
|
|
|
|
62,996 |
|
Total debt (3) |
|
|
79,605 |
|
|
|
3,686 |
|
|
|
37,014 |
|
|
|
43,692 |
|
|
|
|
18,000 |
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
95,703 |
|
|
|
85,352 |
|
|
|
43,129 |
|
|
|
41,902 |
|
|
|
|
5,131 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Note 14 to the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained within this
annual report on Form 10-K for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and
diluted earnings (loss) per share. |
|
(2) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets net of current liabilities, excluding loans from
affiliates and the current portion of bank loans. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents bank loans (including current maturities) and, prior to December 31, 2009, loans
from affiliates. |
19
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Basis of Presentation
In 2006, our former indirect parent, GLOBAL, formed Contego Systems Inc. and Global Technology
Strategies, Inc. for the purpose of commencing technology operations in the U.S. On February 9,
2007, Global Technology Strategies, Inc. acquired all of the outstanding stock of SFA and its
subsidiary, TAC. Subsequent to the SFA acquisition, SFA was renamed GNA, and Global Technology
Strategies, Inc. was renamed GNA Holding. GNA and TAC are our operating subsidiaries. On December
31, 2008, as part of a restructuring, (i) we were formed under the name Contego NewCo Company, (ii)
Contego Systems Inc. transferred all of its assets to us and we assumed all of Contego Systems
Inc.s liabilities and (iii) Contego Systems Inc. was converted into Contego Systems LLC. In July
2009, we changed our name to Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc.
SFA and its subsidiary, TAC, are the predecessor entity, which we refer to as the Predecessor
for accounting purposes since their operations represent our principal business. The historical
results of SFA and its subsidiary, TAC, have been presented from April 1, 2006 through February 8,
2007, the date prior to the date of the SFA acquisition. The consolidated financial statements of
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., which include, in addition to the Predecessor, GNA
Holding and GNA, which we refer to as the Successor, have been presented from February 9, 2007
through December 31, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2010. The Successors
financial statements also include the historical results of Contego Systems Inc., which consists of
general and administrative expense incurred on behalf of GNA, for the period from February 9, 2007
through December 31, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009.
On November 19, 2009, the Company effected a 60,000-for-1 stock split for its authorized,
issued and outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, on November 19, 2009, GNA Holding
merged with and into GNA and the Company assumed all options previously granted pursuant to the SFA
Plan. The assumption of the SFA Plan options by the Company resulted in an adjustment to the number
of shares issuable upon exercise of those options on an approximate 18.216-to-1 basis in order to
achieve a value-for-value exchange, and did not result in any incremental stock based compensation.
The 18.216-to-1 ratio reflects the proportion of the 6,000,000 shares of common stock of the
Company to the 329,378 shares of common stock of GNA outstanding at the time of the stock split.
All shares of common stock and SFA Plan options presented in this annual report on Form 10-K give
effect to the stock split and stock option assumption effected on November 19, 2009.
Our financial statements also include the results of operations from our recent acquisitions.
On October 1, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Zytel Corporation, now known as GTEC Cyber
Solutions, Inc. On December 18, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Signature Government
Solutions, LLC, now known as GTEC Assured IT, LLC.
Overview
We provide mission-critical technology-based systems, solutions, and services for national
security agencies and programs of the U.S. government. Our services and solutions are integral
parts of mission-critical programs run by the Department of Defense, Intelligence Community,
Department of Homeland Security, federal law enforcement agencies and other parts of the federal
government charged with national security responsibilities. The programs that we support are
generally funded as part of the budgets and spending levels of U.S. government agencies entrusted
with carrying out the U.S. governments defense, intelligence, and homeland security missions.
We conduct our business through two reportable segments: Technology and Intelligence Services,
or TIS, and Force Mobility and Modernization Systems, or FMMS. Through our TIS segment, we provide
a broad range of technology-based services and solutions, including counterterrorism and
intelligence solutions, cyber security systems & operations, enterprise architects and system
engineers, and command, control and decision support solutions, to customers in the Department of
Defense, the Intelligence Community, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Law Enforcement and
other U.S. agencies charged with national security responsibilities. Through our FMMS segment, we
provide customers, primarily in the Department of Defense, with solutions that entail the design,
engineering and integration of highly mobile mission support systems. For additional information
regarding our reportable segments, see BusinessCapabilities and Customer Solutions and Note 17
of the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained within this annual report on Form
10-K.
We derive revenue primarily from contracts with U.S. government agencies that are focused on
national security and, as a result, funding for our programs is generally linked to trends in U.S.
government spending in the areas of defense, intelligence and homeland security. The U.S.
government has substantially increased its overall defense, intelligence and homeland security
budgets in the face of evolving terrorist threats and world events. As a result, our revenue has
grown at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 16.3% from the twelve-month period ended March
31, 2005 to the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010. All of the revenue growth up until
October 1, 2010 has been organic. The following table shows the percentage of revenue by customer.
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Department of Defense |
|
|
71.1 |
% |
|
|
75.0 |
% |
|
|
74.2 |
% |
National security agencies |
|
|
28.9 |
% |
|
|
25.0 |
% |
|
|
25.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, we have four contracts, each of which, in one or more of the reported periods,
individually comprised more than 10% of our consolidated revenue. The following table shows our
revenue for each of these four contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Department of Justice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
counter-terrorism contract |
|
$ |
26,465 |
|
|
$ |
27,657 |
|
|
$ |
26,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Army TACOM contract |
|
|
22,027 |
|
|
|
45,763 |
|
|
|
40,622 |
|
U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center contract |
|
|
16,188 |
|
|
|
20,239 |
|
|
|
23,628 |
|
U.S. Army field feeding system contract |
|
|
36,598 |
|
|
|
23,211 |
|
|
|
15,065 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total FMMS Segment |
|
$ |
74,813 |
|
|
$ |
89,213 |
|
|
$ |
79,315 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
101,278 |
|
|
$ |
116,870 |
|
|
$ |
105,823 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of total revenue |
|
|
43.5 |
% |
|
|
54.9 |
% |
|
|
55.9 |
% |
The Department of Justice counter-terrorism contract is a time-and-materials
contract for analytical and information technology services in support of a critical
counter-terrorism program. The original Department of Justice counter-terrorism contract ended on
September 8, 2009. We received a new contract from the Department of Justice extending our work for
an additional five years beginning on September 9, 2009, consisting of a base period of one year
and options for four additional years. The ceiling of the new contract is $200 million and provides
the opportunity for expansion of our services above the current level. The estimated value of our
current level of services on the contract over the five year contract period is approximately $146
million. We believe that the $200 million ceiling in the new contract provides the customer with
the ability to expand the level of services to be procured from us over the term of the contract.
The table above reflects revenue on the original contract and new contract for their respective
periods.
The contract with U.S. Army TACOM (Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command) is a fixed-price
contract for the delivery of Tactical Water Purification Systems, which we refer to as TWPS. The
decrease in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31,
2009 was partly the result of the contract ending for ordering purposes on January 31, 2010 as well
as a large order received in January 2009. While the demand for and revenue from TWPS currently
being procured under the U.S. Army TACOM contract is declining, we may receive additional orders
for TWPS under other contract vehicles in the future. We also believe that there will be demand to
replace older TWPS with new, more technologically advanced water purification systems that may have
greater capacity than the current TWPS we are delivering under the U.S. Army TACOM contract. On
June 15, 2010 we were awarded a separate five year, $45 million ID/IQ contract to provide
Expeditionary Water Packaging Systems to the U.S. Marines, and we continue to pursue other revenue
opportunities related to our water purification technologies.
The contract with the U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center is a fixed-price/time-and-materials task
order contract for a broad range of engineering, design, test and evaluation and integration
services and ends for ordering purposes on August 31, 2014. The U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center
contract has been used to procure support from us on a number of our field support systems, as well
as for engineering services unrelated to these systems. Our customer has used other means to
procure larger value system orders, thus our revenue has decreased for this specific contract in
recent years. For example, in September 2010, we announced two Expeditionary Tricon Systems, or
ETS, orders that were awarded from two new contracts that totaled $63.8 million. These types of
orders had historically been procured through the Aberdeen Test Center contract. We believe that
our customer will continue to use this contract to support our current systems with a focus on
engineering services, as well as new systems that will be required to meet the continuing demand
for solutions to promote force mobility and modernization.
The contract with the U.S. Army for a field feeding system is a fixed-price contract that
ended for ordering purposes on April 15, 2010. In March and April 2010, we received an additional
$49 million in field feeding system orders from the U.S. Army that has led to an increase in
revenue for the current year. We continue to expect additional revenue on other variants of our
field feeding systems from the U.S. Army and other branches of the military under other contracts.
For example, in December 2010, we were awarded a new $48 million contract to provide Expeditionary
Field Kitchens, or EFK to the U.S. Marine Corps.
21
We derive our revenue from contracts directly with the U.S. government or as a subcontractor
to other providers of services to the U.S. government. The following table shows our revenue as
prime contractor and as subcontractor as a percentage of our total revenue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Prime contract revenue |
|
|
82.7 |
% |
|
|
87.5 |
% |
|
|
82.0 |
% |
Subcontract revenue |
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
12.5 |
% |
|
|
18.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Backlog
We define total backlog as the amount of revenue we expect to realize (i) over the remaining
base contract performance period and (ii) from the exercise of option periods that we reasonably
believe will be exercised, in each case from signed contracts in existence as of the measurement
date. We also include in backlog our estimates of revenue from future delivery orders on
requirements and ID/IQ contracts. At times, our estimates of future revenue on such contracts are
less than the contract ceiling.
We define funded backlog as the portion of our total backlog for which funding is currently
appropriated and obligated to us under a signed contract or task order by the purchasing agency, or
otherwise authorized for payment to us by a customer upon completion of a specified portion of
work. Our funded backlog does not include the full potential value of our contracts, because the
Congress often appropriates funds to be used by an agency for a particular program or contract only
on a yearly or quarterly basis, even though the contract may call for performance over a number of
years. As a result, contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their term,
and all or some of the work to be performed under the contracts may remain unfunded unless and
until the Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the procuring agency allocates funding to
the contract. Unfunded backlog is total backlog minus funded backlog.
Total backlog may fluctuate from period to period depending on our success in winning new
contracts and the timing of contract awards, renewals, modifications and cancellations.
The following table shows the value of our contract backlog:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
TIS Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded |
|
$ |
60,103 |
|
|
$ |
37,411 |
|
|
$ |
38,711 |
|
Unfunded |
|
|
492,880 |
|
|
|
417,721 |
|
|
|
200,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
552,983 |
|
|
$ |
455,132 |
|
|
$ |
238,713 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded |
|
$ |
101,815 |
|
|
$ |
65,658 |
|
|
$ |
77,145 |
|
Unfunded |
|
|
136,140 |
|
|
|
118,823 |
|
|
|
160,542 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
237,955 |
|
|
$ |
184,481 |
|
|
$ |
237,687 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded |
|
$ |
161,918 |
|
|
$ |
103,069 |
|
|
$ |
115,856 |
|
Unfunded |
|
|
629,020 |
|
|
|
536,544 |
|
|
|
360,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Backlog |
|
$ |
790,938 |
|
|
$ |
639,613 |
|
|
$ |
476,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We expect approximately $211.8 million of our December 31, 2010 backlog to be recorded as
sales in 2011.
Revenue
We provide our services and solutions under three types of contracts: fixed-price,
time-and-materials and cost-plus. Our product revenue, which is included in our FMMS segment, is
primarily derived from fixed-price contracts. Our service revenue, which is included in our TIS
segment, is primarily derived from time-and-material and cost-plus contracts. Our contract mix
varies from year to year due to numerous factors, including our business strategies and U.S.
government procurement objectives.
22
The following table shows our revenue from each of these types of contracts as a percentage of
our total revenue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Fixed-price |
|
|
55.6 |
% |
|
|
59.0 |
% |
|
|
58.8 |
% |
Time-and-materials |
|
|
33.8 |
% |
|
|
29.0 |
% |
|
|
29.3 |
% |
Cost-plus |
|
|
10.6 |
% |
|
|
12.0 |
% |
|
|
11.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed-price contracts. Under fixed-price contracts, we perform specific tasks for a
fixed price. Revenue for fixed-price contracts is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method
using costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs, because these contracts require design,
engineering and manufacturing performed to the customers specifications. Profits on fixed-price
contracts result from the difference between the incurred costs and the revenue earned.
Time-and-materials contracts. Under time-and-materials contracts, we are reimbursed for
labor at fixed hourly rates and generally reimbursed separately for allowable materials, costs and
expenses. Revenue for time-and-materials contracts is recognized as services are performed,
generally, on the basis of contract-allowable labor hours worked multiplied by the contract-defined
billing rates, plus the direct costs and indirect cost burdens associated with materials and other
direct expenses used in performance of the contract. Profits on time-and-material contracts result
from the difference between the cost of services performed and the contract-defined billing rates
for these services.
Cost-plus contracts. Under cost-plus contracts, we are reimbursed for costs that are
determined to be reasonable, allowable and allocable to the contract and paid a fee representing
the profit. Revenue on cost-plus contracts is recognized as services are performed, generally,
based on the allowable costs incurred during the period, plus any recognizable earned fee.
For further discussion of the different risks related to revenue recognition that are
presented by each of these contract types, see Critical Accounting PoliciesRevenue
Recognition.
Operating Costs and Expenses
The key components of our operating costs and expenses are:
Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes all direct and indirect costs, except for
selling, general and administrative costs and the amortization of intangible assets, associated
with the delivery of services and products. Cost of revenue includes direct labor, materials,
equipment, subcontractor costs and other direct costs such as travel expenses.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses,
or SG&A, include expenses for general management, marketing, bid and proposal costs, independent
research and development, stock compensation expenses, merger and acquisition expenses and other
operating expenses.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization expense is the periodic expense related to
our identified intangible assets.
Impairment of intangible asset. An expense was recognized for impairment of an intangible
asset associated with a change in the name of our subsidiary from SFA to GNA during the year ended
December 31, 2008.
23
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes our historical results of operations on a consolidated basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
232,669 |
|
|
$ |
212,845 |
|
|
$ |
189,426 |
|
Operating costs and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
192,806 |
|
|
|
175,231 |
|
|
|
156,271 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses |
|
|
21,726 |
|
|
|
24,861 |
|
|
|
16,957 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
8,356 |
|
|
|
8,841 |
|
Impairment of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
|
218,286 |
|
|
|
208,448 |
|
|
|
184,516 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
14,383 |
|
|
|
4,397 |
|
|
|
4,910 |
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(477 |
) |
|
|
(1,849 |
) |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
13,918 |
|
|
|
2,555 |
|
|
|
2,200 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
(5,165 |
) |
|
|
(1,286 |
) |
|
|
(1,138 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
8,753 |
|
|
$ |
1,269 |
|
|
$ |
1,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $19.8 million, or 9.3%, to
$232.7 million, compared to $212.8 million for the same period in 2009. Revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2009 increased $23.4 million, or 12.4%, to $212.8 million, compared to $189.4 million
for the same period in 2008.
The following table summarizes revenue by reportable segment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
105,591 |
|
|
$ |
90,388 |
|
|
$ |
80,433 |
|
As a percentage of total
revenue |
|
|
45.4 |
% |
|
|
42.5 |
% |
|
|
42.5 |
% |
FMMS Segment |
|
|
127,078 |
|
|
|
122,457 |
|
|
|
108,993 |
|
As a percentage of total
revenue |
|
|
54.6 |
% |
|
|
57.5 |
% |
|
|
57.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
$ |
232,669 |
|
|
$ |
212,845 |
|
|
$ |
189,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the periods presented, the revenue of our TIS segment has grown substantially. The growth
has resulted from increased spending by the U.S. government for services in support of programs to
combat terrorism both at home and abroad. The increase in demand for these services has been
reflected in the growth of revenue such as the FBI Investigative Data Warehouse (IDW) and other
intelligence analysis contracts, as well as performance on new contracts that have been awarded in
recent years.
TIS segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $15.2 million, or 16.8%, to
$105.6 million, compared to $90.4 million for the same period in 2009. Revenue increased by $7.2
million on the FBI IDW counter-terrorism contract that was awarded in September 2009. The higher
TIS segment revenue also reflects increased activity on several other contracts related to
counter-terrorism for our customers in national law enforcement and intelligence agencies. In
addition, the two acquisitions closed in the fourth quarter of 2010 contributed $6.0 million in
revenue.
TIS segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $10.0 million, or 12.4%, to
$90.4 million, compared to $80.4 million for the same period in 2008. The higher TIS segment
revenue resulted from $1.1 million of additional revenue due to our increased level of effort on
the Department of Justice counter-terrorism contract, which increased from $26.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008 to $27.6 million for the same period in 2009. In addition, we were
awarded three new counter-terrorism contracts which combined earned $9.5 million in 2009.
The growth in our FMMS segment has been the result of a long-term trend to put the U.S. armed
forces on a more expeditionary footing and of the continuing high level of U.S. troop deployments
worldwide. These factors have generated increased demand for our systems that support troop
mobility and modernization.
24
FMMS segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $4.6 million, or 3.8%, to
$127.1 million, compared to $122.5 million for the same period in 2009. Two large ETS orders
awarded in September 2010 contributed revenue of $30.7 million in 2010. In addition, increased
demand for our field feeding systems led to an increase in revenue of $13.4 million to $36.6
million for
the year ended December 31, 2010 from $23.2 million in the same period in 2009. These
increases were offset by a $23.7 million decrease in our TWPS program which ended for ordering
purposes in January 2010 and a $12.5 million decrease in our field sanitation centers, or FSC. We
believe that there will be demand to replace older TWPS with new, more technologically advanced
water purification systems that may have greater capacity than the current TWPS we are delivering
under the U.S. Army TACOM contract. We also anticipate follow-on FSC awards based on the recent
communication with our customer.
FMMS segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $13.5 million, or 12.4%,
to $122.5 million, compared to $109.0 million for the same period in 2008. The growth in FMMS
segment revenue was primarily due to significantly higher demand under our U.S. Army field feeding
system contract. Revenue on our U.S. Army field feeding system contract increased $8.1 million to
$23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $15.1 million in the same period in 2008.
Revenue on our Aberdeen Test Center contract declined $3.4 million in year ended December 31, 2009,
as our customers used this contract less for their purchases of various field support systems.
Revenue on the largest contract in the FMMS segment, our U.S. Army TACOM contract, increased $5.2
million to $45.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $40.6 million for the
same period for 2008 due to larger order quantities.
Cost of Revenue. The following table summarizes cost of revenue by reportable segments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
88,042 |
|
|
$ |
75,066 |
|
|
$ |
65,195 |
|
As a percentage of related
revenue |
|
|
83.4 |
% |
|
|
83.0 |
% |
|
|
81.1 |
% |
FMMS Segment |
|
|
104,764 |
|
|
|
100,165 |
|
|
|
91,076 |
|
As a percentage of related
revenue |
|
|
82.4 |
% |
|
|
81.8 |
% |
|
|
83.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue |
|
$ |
192,806 |
|
|
$ |
175,231 |
|
|
$ |
156,271 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
82.9 |
% |
|
|
82.3 |
% |
|
|
82.5 |
% |
The increase in cost of revenue during each of the periods presented was primarily due to
higher purchases of labor, equipment and materials and to other direct costs directly related to
our increased levels of revenue in each of our operating segments discussed above.
SG&A Expenses. The following table summarizes total SG&A expenses for the following
periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment SG&A expenses |
|
$ |
15,758 |
|
|
$ |
13,566 |
|
|
$ |
12,654 |
|
As a percentage of total revenue |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
Corporate SG&A expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention bonuses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,195 |
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
909 |
|
|
|
4,757 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
Management fees paid to GLOBAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,924 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
Other corporate expenses |
|
|
5,059 |
|
|
|
4,614 |
|
|
|
2,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Corporate SG&A expenses |
|
|
5,968 |
|
|
|
11,295 |
|
|
|
4,303 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of total revenue |
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total SG&A expenses |
|
$ |
21,726 |
|
|
$ |
24,861 |
|
|
$ |
16,957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of total revenue |
|
|
9.3 |
% |
|
|
11.7 |
% |
|
|
9.0 |
% |
Segment SG&A expenses have generally followed the growth in revenue as management and
marketing activities have grown to support the underlying business and capitalize on growth
opportunities.
At the date of the SFA acquisition, certain key employees were offered retention bonuses to
secure their services for a period following the SFA acquisition. These retention bonuses, which
have been settled in full, totaled $1.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2008.
25
Stock-based compensation expense represents the expense related to restricted stock and stock
options granted by the Company. Upon the closing of our initial public offering in November 2009,
we recognized $4.3 million in offering-related stock-based compensation expense associated with the
issuance of shares of common stock to James Allen, our former Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, and the vesting of restricted units in Contego Systems LLC owned by Ronald
Jones, our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development.
During 2009 and 2008, we paid management fees to an affiliate of GLOBAL of $1.9 million
and $28, respectively. The increase in 2009 was due to the involvement of GLOBAL in our initial
public offering in November 2009. Subsequent to the offering, we no longer pay any management fees
to such affiliate or any other affiliate of GLOBAL.
Other corporate expenses include other costs that are not allocable to our reportable
segments. Generally, these are corporate costs that are not allowed to be allocated to government
contracts, or costs which management has decided to not recover from our government customers.
Other corporate expenses increased $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to
$4.6 million in the same period of 2009. We incurred $1.6 million in merger and acquisition
related expenses during 2010 and benefitted from the absence of initial public offering expenses
that were incurred in 2009. Other corporate expenses increased by $2.0 million in the year ended
December 31, 2009 to $4.6 million, compared to $2.6 million for the same period of 2008. The
primary reason for the increase was $1.1 million in professional fees incurred to assist us in
preparing for our initial public offering. These costs were in addition to the costs directly
associated with the public offering that were charged to stockholders equity upon completion of
the offering in November 2009.
Operating Income. The following table reconciles segment operating income to total
operating income.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
9,957 |
|
|
$ |
7,766 |
|
|
$ |
7,441 |
|
As a percentage of related segment
revenue |
|
|
9.4 |
% |
|
|
8.6 |
% |
|
|
9.3 |
% |
FMMS Segment |
|
|
14,148 |
|
|
|
16,282 |
|
|
|
13,060 |
|
As a percentage of related segment
revenue |
|
|
11.1 |
% |
|
|
13.3 |
% |
|
|
12.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating income |
|
|
24,105 |
|
|
|
24,048 |
|
|
|
20,501 |
|
As a percentage of total revenue |
|
|
10.4 |
% |
|
|
11.3 |
% |
|
|
10.8 |
% |
Unallocated Corporate expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate SG&A expenses |
|
|
(5,968 |
) |
|
|
(11,295 |
) |
|
|
(4,303 |
) |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
(3,754 |
) |
|
|
(8,356 |
) |
|
|
(8,841 |
) |
Impairment of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,447 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income |
|
$ |
14,383 |
|
|
$ |
4,397 |
|
|
$ |
4,910 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of total revenue |
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
2.6 |
% |
Total segment operating income has increased in each period presented due to our growth in
revenue.
Operating margins for the TIS segment increased for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 9.4%
of segment revenue from 8.6% for the same period in 2009. In 2009, the lower margin was due to
increased bid and proposal activity to secure new contracts that have contributed to the increase
in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010. The bid and proposal activity also led to the
decrease in TIS operating margins for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 9.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Operating margins in the FMMS segment decreased for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 11.1%
of segment revenue from 13.3% in the same period in 2009. Early in 2009 we were able to obtain
improved pricing of TWPS that were ordered on the U.S. Army TACOM contract early in the year. The
TWPS program contributed more to revenue in 2009 than in 2010. The resulting higher operating
margin on TWPS revenue is also the primary reason for the increase in FMMS segment operating margin
in 2009, compared to 2008.
Amortization and Impairment of Intangible Assets. Amortization expense for the year ended
December 31, 2010 decreased $4.6 million to $3.8 million, as compared to $8.4 million for the same
period in 2009. The decrease in amortization expense was the effect of certain intangible assets
reaching the end of their useful lives.
Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $0.4 million to $8.4
million, as compared to $8.8 million for the same period in 2008. In September 2008, we changed the
name of our subsidiary from SFA to GNA and, in so doing, impaired the value of the trade name
intangible asset for the remaining balance of $2.4 million. We believe that the value of our
Company was not diminished as a result of the change in name. The decrease year over year was the
effect of the impairment of the trade name as well as certain intangible assets reaching the end of
their useful lives.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $0.5 million,
compared to $1.8 million and $2.8 million for the same period in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The
decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in the
variable interest rate on our outstanding borrowings under our credit facility and the
repayment of $34.4 million of debt owed to GLOBAL and its affiliates, as well as bank loans.
26
Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31,
2010 was $5.2 million, compared to $1.3 million for the same period in 2009. The $3.9 million
increase was the result of an $11.4 million increase in pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was
37.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 50.3% in the same period of 2009. The
higher effective tax rate in 2009 was due to interest and operating costs incurred in corporate
entities that do not file consolidated state income tax returns. We were, therefore, unable to
recognize state tax benefits related to these costs.
The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1.3 million, compared
to $1.1 million for the same period in 2008. The increase of $0.2 million was the result of an
increase in pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 50.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009,
compared to 51.7% in 2008. Similar to 2008, the high effective tax rate in 2009 was due to
interest and operating costs incurred in corporate entities that do not file consolidated state
income tax returns. We were, therefore, unable to recognize state tax benefits related to these
costs. In addition, we recognized $1.9 million in excess tax benefits related to the stock
compensation charges which for accounting purposes is reflected in additional paid in capital.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary liquidity needs are for financing working capital, capital expenditures, and
making strategic acquisitions. Our $100 million revolving line of credit, which allows for an
additional $40 million accordion under certain conditions, current cash balance, and cash flow from
operations are sufficient to continue to meet our normal working capital and capital expenditure
requirements. As part of our growth strategy, we may pursue acquisitions that could require us to
obtain additional debt or issue equity. The debt balance at December 31, 2010 was $79.6 million.
During the first two months of 2011, we have collected $29 million related to the two large ETS
orders awarded in September 2010, which we used to pay down the revolving line of credit.
Remaining credit available from our new credit facility and cash flow from operations will be
sufficient to meet our working capital, capital expenditure requirements and fund strategic
acquisitions.
Working Capital. Accounts receivable is the principal component of our working capital and
is generally driven by revenue growth with other short-term fluctuations related to payment
practices by our customers. A significant portion of our operating costs are related to purchases
of material and equipment used to produce our field support systems in the FMMS segment. We are
permitted to bill progress payments on many of our large fixed-price contracts; therefore, the
timing of our purchases and related billings to our customers tend to be linked closely to each
other in time. The result is that changes in our accounts receivable, which are primarily related
to changes in revenue, are at least partially offset in our working capital requirements by
increases in accounts payable.
Our accounts receivable reflect amounts already billed to our customers as of each balance
sheet date. Our customers generally pay our invoices within 30 days of the invoice date. At any
month-end, we also include in accounts receivable the revenue that was recognized in the preceding
month, which is generally billed early in the following month. Finally, we include in accounts
receivable amounts related to revenues accrued in excess of amounts billed, primarily on our
fixed-price contracts. This component of unbilled accounts receivable includes the cumulative
amount of costs incurred on a contract in excess of the 90% of costs we are typically allowed to
bill as progress payments and the associated accrued profit on the contract. These amounts may be
billed upon the achievement of certain milestones or upon final delivery of the related products or
services.
The total amount of our accounts receivable can vary significantly over time, but is generally
very sensitive to recent revenue levels. Total accounts receivable (billed and unbilled combined)
typically range from approximately 70 to 95 days sales outstanding (DSO), calculated on trailing
three months of revenue. Our DSO for accounts receivable was 94, 82, and 76 as of December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in our DSO for 2010 was a result of the two large
ETS orders awarded in September 2010 which led to an increase in our working capital needs.
Cash from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash of $5.2 million was provided by operating
activities. The primary components of operating cash flows were (i) $14.1 million provided by net
income adjusted for non-cash items, (ii) an increase in accounts receivable of $24.7 million
primarily caused by the two large ETS orders awarded in September 2010, as well as the timing of
billings and collections, (iii) an offsetting increase of $10.8 million in accounts payable, and
(iv) a $4.3 million decrease in the income tax receivable.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, net cash of $2.0 million was used in operating
activities primarily to support temporary working capital requirements. The primary components of
operating cash flows were (i) $14.1 million provided by net income adjusted for non-cash items,
(ii) an increase in accounts receivable of $12.3 million relating to work performed under
percentage of completion contracts, primarily the U.S. TACOM contract, that are billed under
milestones, as well as the timing of billings and collections, (iii) an offsetting increase of $2.3
million in accrued expenses and accounts payable, (iv) a reduction in advance payments on contracts
of $4.0 million, and (v) the increase in the income tax receivable driven primarily by a $1.9
million excess tax benefit for stock compensation.
27
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $80.4 million
was primarily used to purchase Zytel Corporation and Signature Government Solutions, LLC in the
fourth quarter of 2010. The funds were primarily provided by financing activities from our
revolving line of credit.
Net cash provided from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1.7
million. This included the net proceeds from the stock offering of $34.3 million offset by the
repayments of the term loan, revolving credit facility, and loans from affiliates of $12.6 million,
$4.9 million and $16.9 million, respectively. In addition, the excess tax benefit of $1.9 million
relating to stock compensation is considered a financing activity for cash flow purposes.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, net cash provided from operating activities was $8.4
million. The cash flow was primarily attributable to $11.8 million provided by net income adjusted
for non-cash items, partially offset by (i) a decrease in advance contract payments of $4.5 million
as discussed above and (ii) an increase in accounts payable, income taxes and accrued expenses of
$0.8 million.
Capital Expenditures. Since we do not own any of our own facilities, our capital
expenditure requirements are generally for the purchase of computers, business systems, furniture
and leasehold improvements to support our operations. Such capital expenditures were $1.2 million,
$1.1 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Debt and Other Obligations. At December 31, 2010, we had $79.6 million outstanding under
the revolving line of credit under our new credit facility entered into on December 10, 2010. The
credit facility provides for $100.0 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving line of
credit, with an accordion that allows for an additional $40.0 million of borrowing capacity.
Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at the applicable interest rate, which the
Company elected to the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin that varies based on a leverage ratio
test. Refer to Note 8 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained within this
annual report on Form 10-K for additional information relating to the new loan arrangement.
At December 31, 2009, we had $3.7 million outstanding under the revolving line of credit under
our credit facility in effect at that time. That credit facility, as amended September 3, 2009,
provided for $29.0 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving line of credit. Borrowings
under that credit facility bore interest at the applicable interest rate, which the Company elected
to the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin that varies based on a leverage ratio test. The loan
agreement governing that credit facility was set to expire on February 28, 2011. On February 3,
2010, we replaced the prior loan agreement and increased our borrowing capacity to $50.0 million.
This was subsequently replaced on December 10, 2010 with our current credit facility that provides
for $100.0 million of borrowing capacity. Refer to Note 8 of the notes to the consolidated
financial statements contained within this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information
relating to the new loan arrangement.
The outstanding borrowings under the various loan agreements were and continue to be
collateralized by substantially all of our assets.
The loan agreements required that we comply with certain affirmative and restrictive
covenants. The restrictive covenants include limitations on: mergers, consolidations and
dissolutions; sales of assets; investments and acquisitions; indebtedness and liens; transactions
with affiliates; sale and leaseback transactions; and restricted payments. In addition, the loan
agreement requires that we meet the financial covenants at each quarter-end, including minimum net
worth, maximum funded debt ratio, and a fixed charge coverage ratio. We were in compliance with
all financial covenants for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. We believe that we
will continue to meet our loan agreement covenants in the future.
Future Liquidity Needs. The $29.0 million revolving line of credit was scheduled to remain
in place until its maturity date of February 28, 2011. The loan agreement was replaced with a loan
agreement dated February 3, 2010, which was subsequently replaced on December 10, 2010 with our
current credit facility, which matures on December 13, 2013. Refer to Note 8 with regards to the
current loan agreement entered into on December 10, 2010 when our borrowing capacity was
established at $100.0 million and allows for an additional $40.0 million through an accordion
feature under certain conditions. As of December 31, 2010, we had $20.4 million of availability
under the $100.0 million credit facility. The availability under the current loan agreement is
expected to be sufficient to meet our operating cash flow requirements for the next twelve months
and beyond.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual Obligations, Guaranty and Indemnification Obligations
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31,
2010 and 2009.
28
Contractual Obligations. We have various contractual obligations impacting our
liquidity. The following table presents, at December 31, 2010, our obligations and commitments to
make future payments under contracts and contingent commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than |
|
|
1-3 |
|
|
3-5 |
|
|
Than |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Total |
|
|
1 Year |
|
|
Years |
|
|
Years |
|
|
5 Years |
|
Contractual Obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans |
|
$ |
79,605 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
79,605 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Interest payments on loan
agreements(1) |
|
|
8,729 |
|
|
|
2,843 |
|
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases |
|
|
10,715 |
|
|
|
3,145 |
|
|
|
5,702 |
|
|
|
1,868 |
|
|
|
|
|
Uncertain tax positions(2) |
|
|
1,766 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
1,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations |
|
$ |
100,815 |
|
|
$ |
6,052 |
|
|
$ |
92,895 |
|
|
$ |
1,868 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest payments for the bank loans were estimated using the current floating rates
charged by the lender as of December 31, 2010 through the maturity date of the instruments,
December 10, 2013. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes interest on the uncertain tax positions at an estimated 4% interest rate. |
Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments
and uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different
assumptions and conditions. Application of these policies is particularly important to the
portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management
to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and
expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Our significant accounting policies, including the critical policies listed below, are more fully
described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Revenue Recognition
All of our revenue is derived from services and solutions provided to the U.S. government,
primarily by us and, to a lesser extent, subcontractors. We generate our revenue from three
different types of contractual arrangements: fixed-price contracts, time-and-materials contracts,
and cost-plus contracts.
Revenue for fixed-price contracts is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method using
costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs, because these contracts require design,
engineering, and manufacturing performed to the customers specifications. Profits on fixed-price
contracts result from the difference between the incurred costs and the revenue earned.
Revenue for time-and-materials contracts is recognized as services are performed, generally on
the basis of contract allowable labor hours worked multiplied by the contract defined billing
rates, plus the direct costs and indirect cost burdens associated with materials and other direct
expenses used in performance on the contract. Profits on time-and-material contracts result from
the difference between the cost of services performed inclusive of labor, direct costs, indirect
cost burdens, and other direct expenses and the contract-defined billing rates for these services.
Revenue on cost-plus contracts is recognized as services are performed, generally, based on
the allowable costs incurred during the period, plus any recognizable earned fee.
The use of the percentage-of-completion method requires significant judgment relative to
estimating total contract revenue and costs, including assumptions relative to the length of time
to complete the project, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, and anticipated
changes in estimated salaries and other costs.
Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the determination of total revenue and
cost at completion requires the use of estimates. Contract costs include material, labor and
subcontracting costs, as well as an allocation of allowable indirect costs. For contract change
orders, claims or similar items, we apply judgment in estimating the amounts and assessing the
potential for realization. These amounts are only included in the contract value when they can be
reliably estimated and realization is considered probable.
With regard to claims, revenue is only recognized into contract value when settlement on the
value of any claim is agreed upon with the customer. Incentive and award payments are included in
estimated revenue using the percentage-of-completion method when the realization of such amounts is
deemed probable upon achievement of certain defined goals.
29
Estimates of total contract revenue and costs are continuously monitored during the term of
contract and are subject to revision as the contract progresses. When revisions in estimated
contract revenue and costs are determined, such adjustments are recorded in the period in which
they are identified.
Anticipated losses on contracts are recognized in the period they are deemed probable and can
be reasonably estimated.
Long-Lived Assets (Excluding Goodwill)
A review of long-lived assets for impairment is performed when events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an indication of impairment
is present, we compare the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by the asset
group to its carrying amount. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying
amount of the asset group, we record an impairment loss equal to the excess of the assets carrying
amount over its fair value. Any write-downs are treated as permanent reductions in the carrying
amount of the assets. In September 2008, our operating subsidiary changed its name from SFA to GNA.
Based upon that event, an impairment of its trade name intangible asset was recorded in full for
the carrying amount of $2.4 million due to the fact that the prior trade name would no longer be in
use. We believe there are no additional identified events or changes in circumstances that indicate
impairment of our other long-lived assets.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of contract and customer relationships, backlog, trade names and
acquired technologies. Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the
expected lives of the assets. Acquired in-process research and development costs are expensed at
the acquisition date unless an alternative future use for the asset is identified.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually, utilizing a
two-step methodology. The impairment test requires us to estimate the fair value of our reporting
units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that
reporting unit is potentially impaired, and we would proceed to step two of the impairment
analysis. In step two of the impairment analysis, we would measure and record an impairment loss
equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting units goodwill over its implied fair
value should such a circumstance arise.
We perform a fair value analysis of our reporting units annually or more frequently if a
triggering event occurs. We estimate fair value using the best information available, including
market information and discounted cash flow projections which is referred to as the income
approach. The income approach uses a reporting units projection of estimated operating results and
cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital that reflects current market
conditions. If goodwill becomes impaired, we would record a charge to earnings in the consolidated
financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill is determined.
Historically, our annual impairment review of goodwill had been completed as of December 31.
Effective October 1, 2010, we adopted a new accounting policy whereby our annual impairment review
of goodwill will be performed as of October 1 instead of December 31 of each year. An impairment
analysis of goodwill was last completed as of October 1, 2010 at which time no impairment was
recorded. The change in our annual goodwill impairment testing date was made to better align the
annual goodwill impairment test with the timing of the presentation of the Companys annual
strategic planning process. The change in accounting principle does not delay, accelerate or avoid
an impairment charge. Accordingly, the Company believes that the accounting change described above
is preferable under the circumstances.
Based on the analysis performed, we determined that the estimated fair value of each reporting
unit substantially exceeded its associated carrying value and that no goodwill impairment existed
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation expense for all stock-based awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant
and recognition of compensation expense is recorded over the service period for awards expected to
vest. We determine the fair value of our stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model.
Restricted stock awards are measured based on the fair values of the underlying stock on the dates
of grant and expensed over the corresponding vesting period. Refer to Note 11 of the notes to the
consolidated financial statements contained within this annual report on Form 10-K for additional
information regarding restricted stock awards and stock option grants.
The application of the Black-Scholes model to the valuation of options requires the use of
input assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, expected dividend yield and
expected risk-free interest rate. Expected volatilities are based on those of similar
publicly-traded companies, because, in the absence of sufficient historical data for the Companys
newly public stock, we do not have sufficient observable share-price volatility. The expected term
represents the weighted-average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding
giving consideration to vesting schedules. The dividend yield was zero based on our history of not
paying dividends and the low resultant future expectation of dividend payments; and the risk-free
interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods
corresponding with the expected term of the option.
30
Stock-based compensation expenses are based on the grant date fair value of awards ultimately
expected to vest. We estimate expected forfeiture rates at the time of grant and revise the
estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
We recognized employee stock-based compensation expense of $0.9 million in 2010, $4.8 million in
2009, and $0.4 million in 2008. As of December 31, 2010, we
had $2.7 million in total unrecognized
compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements, which we expect to
recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.6 years.
New Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of new accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated
financial statements.
Interest Rate and Other Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk. We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings
under our credit facility. As of December 31, 2010, the outstanding principal balances with
floating interest rates were $79.6 million. Each change of 1.0% in interest rates would result in a
$0.8 million change in our annual interest expense based on the loan balances at December 31, 2010.
Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at floating rates.
We do not currently have any significant foreign currency exposure. Our revenue contracts are
denominated in U.S. dollars and the vast majority of our purchase contracts are denominated in U.S.
dollars. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We
invest our excess cash in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
Inflation Risk. We have generally been able to anticipate increases in costs when pricing
our contracts. Bids for longer-term fixed-price and time-and-materials type contracts typically
include sufficient labor and other cost escalations in amounts expected to cover cost increases
over the period of performance. Consequently, because costs and revenue include an inflationary
increase commensurate with the general economy where we operate, net income as a percentage of
revenue has not been significantly impacted by inflation.
Seasonality
Seasonality does not have a material impact on our business.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Refer to Part II Item 7 Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial condition and
Results of operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Interest Rate and Other Market Risk.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH THE ACCOUNTANTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None
ITEM 9A(T). CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer,
has evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our management has concluded that, as of
the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective
to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the
Exchange Act are: (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the SECs rules and forms; and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management as
effective to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Managements Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
As required by the SEC rules and regulations for the implementation of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP). Our internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the Company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP,
and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the
Companys management and directors, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the our assets that could have
a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
31
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect all misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. Also, once an evaluation of
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting has been made, any application of
that evaluation to future periods is subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures
may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting based on the framework in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010 excluded the internal controls of the following companies
acquired by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2010: Zytel Corporation and Signature Government
Solutions LLC. These companies represented 6.5% of the Companys consolidated total assets, and
2.6% of the Companys consolidated net sales as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, which
financial results are reflected in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2010.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the three months ended December 31, 2010, there were no changes in our internal control
over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Our current executive officers and directors are as follows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
|
Position |
John Hillen
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director |
Joseph M. Cormier
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Ronald C. Jones
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development, Director |
Michael Weixel
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Contracts and Administration |
Kirk Herdman
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Business Development and Operations |
Alexander Drew
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
President, Intelligence Solutions |
Timothy Jones
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Defense Engineering |
John J. Devine
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
Independent Director |
Jacques S. Gansler
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
Independent Director |
Damian Perl
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
Director |
Eric S. Rangen
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
Independent Director |
Thomas R. Wilson
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Non-Executive Chairperson of the Board |
John Hillen has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since August 2008 and a member
of our board of directors since January 2008. Prior to joining us, from January 2007 to August
2008, Dr. Hillen was President of Global Strategies Group (USA) LLC, an affiliate of Global
Strategies Group (GLOBAL), which is controlled by Damian Perl, one of our directors. From 2005 to
2007, Dr. Hillen served as U.S. Assistant Secretary of State for Political-Military Affairs. Prior
to this, Dr. Hillen was President of what is now CGI Federal Inc., a federal IT services company
that is a subsidiary of CGI Inc (NYSE: GIB), a Canadian IT services firm. Prior to that Dr. Hillen
led the defense and intelligence business at American Management Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: AMSY),
which was sold to CACI International, Inc. in 2004. From 2000 to 2002, Dr. Hillen served as a Vice
President and then Chief Operating Officer of Island ECN Inc., a $160 million capital markets firm.
Prior to joining Island ECN Inc., Dr. Hillen spent 12 years as an officer in the U.S. Army in both
conventional and special operations units and has been decorated for his actions in combat. Dr.
Hillen currently serves as a trustee at several non-profit institutions, and is a director of Oceus
Networks Inc. Dr. Hillen also serves on the federal advisory commission for the U.S. Navy, having
been appointed to that position by the Secretary of Defense in 2007. Dr. Hillen received a B.A. in
Policy Studies/History from Duke University, an M.A. degree in Defense Studies from Kings College,
London University, a D.Phil. in International Relations from Oxford University and a Masters of
Business Administration, or MBA, from Cornell University. Dr. Hillen is the author of several books
and numerous journal articles on military and security affairs.
Joseph M. Cormier has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
October 1, 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Vice President, Finance beginning in
January 2010. From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Cormier was a corporate officer of ManTech International
Corporation and was most recently Senior Vice President, Corporate Development since January 2009.
Prior to ManTech, Mr. Cormier was Vice President, Corporate Development of DigitalNet Holdings
from July 2003 to October 2004, and from 1998 to 2003 was an investment banker at Banc of America
Securities LLC. Mr. Cormier received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics & Political Science from
Columbia University.
32
Ronald C. Jones became our Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development as of
the closing of our initial public offering in November 2009. Ronald Jones has been a member of the
Companys board of directors since February 2007. From March 2006 through November 2009, Ronald
Jones served as President, Technology and Systems, for Contego Systems LLC, an affiliate of GLOBAL.
Prior to joining Contego Systems LLC, Ronald Jones was Senior Vice President, Strategy and
Corporate Development and a director of Gray Hawk Systems, Inc. from 2003 to 2006. From 1995 to
2003, Ronald Jones served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development for Veridian
Corporation. From 2004 to 2005, Ronald Jones served on the board of the Infodata Corporation.
Ronald Jones received a B.S. in Engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy and an MBA from the
University of Pennsylvania, Wharton School of Business. Ronald Jones also served as a commissioned
officer in the U.S. Marine Corps.
Michael Weixel has been our Senior Vice President, Contracts and Administration since January
2009. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Weixel served as Vice President, Contracts of Global Strategies Group
(Integrated Security) Inc., an affiliate of GLOBAL. From 1977 to 2007, Mr. Weixel held senior
management positions at several companies, including ManTech International Corporation, Gray Hawk
Systems, Inc. and Lockheed Martin Corporation. Mr. Weixel received a B.S. in Government from the
College of William & Mary and an MBA in Logistics, Operations, and Material Management from George
Washington University.
Kirk Herdman has been our Senior Vice President, Business Operations and Development since
June 2009. Prior to this, and since 2005, Mr. Herdman served as Senior Vice President, for Defense
and Space Programs at Wyle Information Systems Inc. From 1988 to 2004, Mr. Herdman served in
various positions at Gray Hawk Systems, Inc. and General Dynamics Corporation (formerly Veridian
Corporation) including Vice President for Defense Business Development, Vice President of Sales &
Marketing for Veridian Corporations engineering Applied Technology Group (ATG) and Director of
Veridian Engineerings San Diego, CA office. Mr. Herdman received a B.S. in Applied Mathematics
from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University (Virginia Tech) and is a graduate of the
University of Virginias Darden Business School Executive Training Program on Leadership Change.
Alexander Drew has been President of the Intelligence Solutions division (The Analysis Corp.),
a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of the Company, since January 2009. From June 2005 to December
2008, Mr. Drew served as Vice President-Intelligence Operations with IS. In 2001, Mr. Drew was
recalled to active duty and counterterrorism exercises for NATO and the Department of Defenses
Joint Staff J2 (Intelligence). Mr. Drew served as Senior Watch Officer for the National
Counterterrorism Center (NCTC) and was the representative from the Defense Intelligence Agencys
Joint Intelligence Task Force for Combating Terrorism (JITF-CT) to help establish NCTCs Operations
Center until his retirement in May 2005. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Drew was Senior Vice President and
General Counsel of EDGE Tech Corporation, and from 1992 to 1996, was an associate at the law firm
of Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer and Feld LLP. Mr. Drew served in the U.S. Navy, retiring with the
rank of Captain. Mr. Drew received a B.S. in Physics from Miami University of Ohio and a J.D. from
the Catholic University, Columbus School of Law.
Timothy Jones has been our Senior Vice President and General Manager of Defense Engineering
since April 2010. From February 2009 to April 2010, Timothy Jones served as Vice President and
General Manager of Defense Engineering. From 2008 to 2009, Timothy Jones was Deputy General
Manager, and from 2005 to 2008, Timothy Jones served as Senior Program Manager and Director of
Finance. Prior to 2005, Timothy Jones was a Senior Vice President of the Delmarva Foundation for
Medical Care, Inc. Timothy Jones received a B.S. in Economics and an MBA from Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University (Virginia Tech).
John J. Devine has been a director since March 2007. Mr. Devine is a founding partner and
President of The Arkin Group LLC since May 2000. Prior to this, Mr. Devine completed a
distinguished career of more than thirty years with the Central Intelligence Agency, serving as
both Acting Director and Associate Director of the Agencys foreign operations from 1993 to 1995
and from 1995 to 1998 as the senior CIA representative in Great Britain. Mr. Devine also served as
the leader of the Agencys Latin American Division, Counternarcotics Center and Afghan Task Force.
Mr. Devine is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and serves on the boards of CyberCore
Technologies LLC and Global Strategies Group (Integrated Security) Inc., an affiliate of GLOBAL.
Mr. Devine received a B.S. in Social Sciences from West Chester University and an M.A. in Political
Science from Villanova University.
Jacques Gansler has served as a director since March 2007. Since 2001, Dr. Gansler has been a
Professor at the University of Maryland. From 1997 to 2001, Dr. Gansler served as the Under
Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics for the Department of Defense. Prior
to this, Dr. Gansler served as the Executive Vice President and a Director for TASC Incorporated.
From 1972 to 1977, Dr. Gansler served as Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense (Material
Acquisition) and Assistant Director of Defense Research and Engineering (Electronics). Dr. Gansler
is a member of the Defense Science Board, The National Academy of Engineering, Comptroller
Generals Advisory Board for the U.S. Government Accountability Office; and a member of the board
of directors of iRobot Corporation where he also serves as chair of the nominating and governance
committee. Dr. Gansler also serves on
the advisory boards of Israel Aircraft Industries (North America), Ltd., Computer Science
Corporation, SafeLife Corporation (formerly Triosyn Corporation) and Lockheed Martin Corporation,
Space and Integrated Systems Sector and chairs the National Security Advisory Panel, University of
Maryland. Dr. Gansler received a B.E. in Electrical Engineering from Yale University, an M.A. in
Political Economy from New School for Social Research, an M.E. in Electrical Engineering from
Northeastern University and a Ph.D. in Economics from American University.
33
Damian Perl has served as a director since April 2009. Mr. Perl is the founder, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of GLOBAL, which was established in 1998. Prior to 1998 and for a period of
a year, Mr. Perl worked on a consultancy basis in the risk management field for industry clients
drawn from the energy and mining sectors. Prior to this, Mr. Perl served in the British military
both in the Royal Marines Commandos and in Special Forces, and was involved in counter-insurgency
operations in Africa and the Balkans. He also advised foreign governments on counter-terrorism,
working with indigenous security services and linking civil and military security interests. Mr.
Perl is a member of the SAS Regimental Association and the Royal African Society. Mr. Perl received
a B.A. degree in Physiology and Biomechanics from Brunel University, London, United Kingdom.
Eric S. Rangen has been a director since December 2009 and serves as the Audit Committee
Chairperson. Mr. Rangen has been the Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of
UnitedHealth Group since December 2006. Before joining UnitedHealth Group in 2006, Mr. Rangen
served in several capacities, including Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Alliant Techsystems, Inc. and as an accountant with Deloitte & Touche LLP where he was a Partner
from 1994 2001. Mr. Rangen is a member of the board of directors of Flexsteel Industries, Inc.,
where he also serves as chair of the audit and ethics committee. He is also a member of the board
of directors of the Boys & Girls Club of the Twin Cities, Minnesota. Mr. Rangen received a Bachelor
of Science in Business Administration Accounting from the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.
Thomas Wilson, Vice Admiral, U.S. Navy (Ret.), has served as a director since March 2007 and
as Chairperson of the Board since October 2008. From 2002 to 2008, Vice Admiral Wilson was
associated with Alliant Techsystems, Inc. (ATK) serving in various senior management positions.
Appointed President ATK Missile Systems Company from 2002 2003, Vice Admiral Wilson subsequently
served as President of the ATK Precision Systems Group from 2003 2006 and later as Senior Vice
President for Tidewater Operations and Combatant Command Relations. Prior to this, Vice Admiral
Wilson served for nearly 34 years in the U.S. Navy, with his last position as Director, Defense
Intelligence Agency (DIA) from July 1999 to July 2002. In that position, he served concurrently as
Manager of the General Defense Intelligence Program overseeing the planning, programming and
budgeting functions for military service and combatant command intelligence centers and staffs. Mr.
Wilson currently serves on the boards of directors of Global Strategies Group (Integrated Security)
Inc., an affiliate of GLOBAL Meggitt Defense Systems, Inc. and Wilcox Research, Inc. He has also
served on The Ohio State University Alumni Association Board of Directors and the National Defense
Industrial Association Board of Trustees. Mr. Wilson received a B.S. degree from The Ohio State
University and a Masters Degree in Management and Human Relations from Webster University.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Our directors, executive officers and any persons who beneficially own more than 10% of our
shares of common stock are required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act to file reports of initial
ownership and changes of ownership of our shares with the SEC. To our best knowledge, based solely
on review of copies of such reports furnished to us and written representations furnished to us by
our directors and executive officers, there were no failures to file or timely file such required
reports during 2010 by any of our directors or executive officers, except that, on March 9, 2010
and March 10, 2010, Kirk Herdman purchased 2,000 Shares and 1,000 Shares, respectively, and
reported the transactions in a late Form 4 filing on March 15, 2010.
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
Our directors, as well as our officers and employees, are also governed by our code of ethics and
business conduct. Our code of ethics and business conduct is available on our website at
http://investor.gtec-inc.com. Amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of the code of ethics
and business conduct that applies to our directors, executive officers or employees will be posted
to our website within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.
Identifying Individuals to Stand for Election as Directors
In selecting the candidates to nominate for election as directors, the GTEC Boards principal
qualification is whether an individual has the ability to act in the best interests of the Company
and its stockholders. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee shall endeavor to identify and will nominate individuals to serve on the GTEC
Board who have expertise that is useful to the Company and complementary to the background, skills
and experience of the other members of the GTEC Board. The Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committees assessment of the composition of the GTEC Board shall include the following
considerations: (i) the skills of each member of the GTEC Board, which shall include an
analysis of each directors business and management experience, information technology and
government contractor industry experience, professional services experience, accounting experience,
finance and capital markets experience, and level of understanding of corporate governance
regulations and public policy matters, (ii) the characteristics of each member of the GTEC Board,
which shall include an analysis of each directors ethical and moral standards, leadership
abilities, sound business judgment, independence and innovative thought, and (iii) the general
composition of the GTEC Board, which shall include an analysis of the diversity, age and public
company experience of the directors.
34
Director candidates may be nominated by any stockholder of the Company entitled to notice of,
and to vote at, any meeting called for the election of directors. Such nomination shall contain the
following information to the extent known to the notifying stockholder: (i) the name, age, business
address and residence address of each proposed nominee and of the notifying stockholder; (ii) the
principal occupation of each proposed nominee; (iii) a representation that the notifying
stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or
persons specified in the notice; (iv) the total number of shares of capital stock and other
securities of the Company that are beneficially owned by the notifying stockholder and by the
proposed nominee and, if such securities are not owned solely and directly by the notifying
stockholder or the proposed nominee, the manner of beneficial ownership (beneficial ownership has
the same meaning as provided in Regulation 13D under the Exchange Act; (v) a description of all
arrangements or understandings between the notifying stockholder and each nominee and any other
person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations
are to be made by the notifying stockholder; (vi) such other information regarding each nominee
proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed with
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act had the nominee been nominated, or
intended to be nominated, by the GTEC Board; (vii) the consent of each nominee to serve as a
director of the Company if so elected; and (viii) a written questionnaire with respect to the
background and qualification of each proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the
Secretary of the Company upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form
provided by the Secretary of the Company upon written request) that such proposed nominee (A) is
not and will not become a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has
not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how each proposed nominee, if
elected as a director of the Company, will act or vote on any issue or question (a Voting
Commitment) that has not been disclosed to the Company or (y) any Voting Commitment that could
limit or interfere with each proposed nominees ability to comply, if elected as a director of the
Company, with each proposed nominees fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will
not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other
than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or
indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to
the Company and (C) in each proposed nominees individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder
(or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in
compliance, if elected as a director of the Company, and will comply with applicable publicly
disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and
trading policies and guidelines of the Company. The Company may request any proposed nominee to
furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the
qualifications of the proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Company, including any
information required to be provided to the Department of Defense pursuant to the terms of the SCA.
A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall
further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or
required to be provided in such notice pursuant to the procedures described above shall be true and
correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is 15 days prior to the
meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be
received by the Secretary of the Company not later than seven days after the record date for the
meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and
not later than 10 days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or
postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to
which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement
required to be made as of 15 days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates director candidates recommended by
stockholders in the same manner as it evaluates director candidates recommended by our directors,
management or employees.
The Company does not pay any third parties to assist in the solicitation, selection or
evaluation of director candidates.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Devine, Rangen and Wilson, all of whom were appointed
in 2009. The Audit Committee held seven meetings in 2010. Mr. Rangen acts as Chairperson of the
Committee and, in the judgment of the GTEC Board, qualifies as an audit committee financial
expert as defined in the Exchange Act. The committee operates under a charter, which is available
at http://investor.gtec-inc.com.
35
The Audit Committee discharges the responsibilities of the GTEC Board in monitoring our
accounting, financial and other reporting and internal control practices and oversees our
independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our Audit Committee
include:
|
|
|
evaluating the performance of our independent registered public
accounting firm and determining whether to retain or terminate its services; |
|
|
|
determining and pre-approving the engagement of our independent
registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible
non-audit services, other than immaterial aggregate amounts of non-audit services as
excepted under applicable laws and rules; |
|
|
|
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered
public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the independent
registered public accounting firms review of our quarterly financial statements and
annual and quarterly reports; |
|
|
|
reviewing with management and our independent registered public
accounting firm any significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles
and financial statement presentation; |
|
|
|
conferring with management and our independent registered public
accounting firm regarding the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting; and |
|
|
|
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any
complaints we receive regarding accounting, internal control or auditing matters. |
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Overview of Our Executive Compensation Philosophy
Our compensation program and policies are designed to attract, motivate and retain executives
of outstanding ability in order to achieve our full growth potential and maximize the return to our
stockholders.
The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are to:
|
|
|
attract and retain talent; |
|
|
|
provide total direct compensation opportunities that are competitive with
opportunities provided to executives of comparable companies at comparable levels of
performance; |
|
|
|
ensure that our executives total compensation levels are correlated to
both our short-term and long-term financial performance in areas such as revenue,
net income and operating efficiency, which we believe are then reflected in
increased stockholder value over time; |
|
|
|
focus and motivate executives on the achievement of objectives at the
individual, business-unit and company-wide levels; and |
|
|
|
reward executives in accordance with their relative contributions to
achieving strategic milestones and advancing key mission-related objectives. |
To achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee has implemented compensation policies that
tie a substantial portion of the executives overall compensation to financial and operational
goals such as growth in revenue and profit from year-to-year. These compensation policies may be
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
Total compensation for executive officers is measured at the 50th-75th
percentile of the median of local and nationally recognized survey data. Our survey
information is discussed in more detail below. We believe this is necessary to
attract outstanding executives. |
|
|
|
The mix of total compensation elements reflects an appropriate balance
between competitive market requirements and strategic business needs. We believe the
opportunity for executives to receive additional compensation based upon achieving
or exceeding established performance objectives properly aligns our equity programs
and managements focus with the interests of our stockholders. |
36
|
|
|
The short-term non-equity incentive compensation portion of total
compensation, which we refer to as the Management Performance Incentive Plan,
provides the opportunity to earn total cash compensation at the upper quartile of
competitive pay based on outstanding corporate performance. Each executive is
eligible to receive cash incentive payments based on achievement of specific
performance measures. The amount awarded annually is determined by the Compensation
Committees review of the executives achievement of such performance measures. As
an executives responsibility increases, the portion of his or her total
compensation represented by incentive compensation payments increases. |
|
|
|
The long-term equity incentive compensation portion of each executives
annual compensation is linked to our overall performance with a goal of maximizing
stockholder return. |
|
|
|
Benefits are designed to be market competitive. |
Compensation Committee Process
Our Compensation Committee meets at least twice a year to evaluate the performance of our
executive officers and holds additional meetings as the Compensation Committee members deem
appropriate. The Compensation Committee is responsible for adopting, administering and maintaining
programs and plans involving stock incentives and executive bonuses and other similar compensation
programs and any other compensation matters requested by the GTEC Board. In addition, the
Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation of the Chief
Executive Officer and the other executive officers. The Compensation Committee determines the
amount of each element of our compensation program by taking into consideration the competitive
landscape, executives experience, results of operations, short and long term corporate goals and
economic conditions.
In order to set compensation levels competitively, management obtains market analysis
information and executive compensation survey data obtained from nationally recognized survey
providers, including Watson Wyatt Worldwide and Washington Technical Personnel ForumMarket Pay
Survey. Management and the Compensation Committee utilize the information obtained through this
analysis, together with all other relevant materials, to make informed recommendations and
decisions concerning both the composition of and the level of our executive compensation, and to
assist in designing executive compensation plans and programs that are aligned with our corporate
compensation philosophy. Executives are intended to be provided total compensation packages in the
50-75th percentile of the median of the compiled survey data.
At the request of our Chairperson, our Chief Executive Officer is invited to the Compensation
Committee meetings as a guest of the committee to make recommendations to the Compensation
Committee with respect to base salary increases, the setting of performance targets and the amounts
of any short-term and long-term incentive compensation, and equity awards for our executive
officers (other than himself). He provides the committee with feedback regarding the performance of
our executive officers, including their contributions toward achieving our corporate performance
goals. Our Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate
Secretary have worked with the Compensation Committee to establish the agenda and prepare the
materials for Compensation Committee meetings. Our Chief Executive Officer is not present for
portions of Compensation Committee meetings that involve deliberations with respect to his own
compensation. Our other officers may attend these meetings at the invitation of the Compensation
Committee. The Compensation Committee believes input from management and outside advisors, as noted
below, is valuable; however, the Compensation Committee makes all final compensation decisions
based on independent analysis and assessment.
Elements of Executive Compensation
Our executive compensation program consists of the following components:
|
|
|
base salary, which is designed to allow us to attract and retain the most
qualified candidates, |
|
|
|
short-term non-equity incentive compensation (consisting of cash
performance bonuses), which is designed to provide performance-based incentives to
our executives for the achievement of important financial objectives, and |
|
|
|
long-term equity incentive compensation (consisting of stock options and
restricted stock awards), which are granted to incentivize executive performance
that increases stockholder value. |
A detailed description of these components is provided below.
37
As a result, a majority of each executive officers total annual compensation opportunity is
at-risk and tied to our annual and long-term financial performance, as well as to the enhancement
of stockholder value. We have measured the total direct
compensation opportunities for executives with the goal of linking such opportunities to
performance. Our executive compensation programs are intended to reward achievement of target
financial performance with total direct compensation in the range of the 50th-75th percentile of
the median of local and nationally recognized survey data. Most of our executives are provided
compensation at the 50% median level. In the past, while not reducing salaries, we have reduced
annual increases and bonuses for executive salaries in excess of the 50% median. Base salary is
generally kept consistent with the market and reflects the complexity and scope of responsibilities
for the executive. Executive officers also receive competitive benefits.
Base Salary
We provide a fixed base salary to our executives to compensate them for services provided to
us during the year. We utilize base salary as the primary means of providing compensation for
performing the essential elements of an executives job. We believe our base salaries are set at
levels that allow us to attract and retain executives in competitive markets. Base salaries are
reviewed annually with this objective in mind. Effective April 1, 2010, the Compensation Committee
approved the following increases in base salary of our named executive officers over 2009 base
salaries, except with respect to Dr. Hillen, whose increase in base salary was effective January 1,
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Increase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Base |
|
|
2010 |
|
Name |
|
Salary |
|
|
Base Salary |
|
John Hillen |
|
|
5 |
% |
|
$ |
400,000 |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph M. Cormier(1) |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
$ |
275,000 |
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James P. Allen(2) |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
former Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald C. Jones |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alexander Drew |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
$ |
238,826 |
|
President, Intelligence Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy Jones(3) |
|
|
22 |
% |
|
$ |
220,000 |
|
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Defense Engineering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Cormier was hired as Senior Vice President, Finance on January 25, 2010 with
a salary of $275,000 per annum. Effective upon his promotion to Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer on October 1, 2010, Mr. Cormiers base salary was increased
18% to $310,000 per annum. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Allen resigned as Chief Financial Officer effective October 1, 2010.
Following that date, Mr. Allen was compensated at an hourly rate of $200 per hour. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. T. Jones was promoted to Senior Vice President and General Manager, Defense
Engineering on April 1, 2010. |
In general, base salaries for our named executive officers are initially established through
arms-length negotiation at the time the executive is hired, taking into account such executives
qualifications, experience and prior salary. Base salaries of our named executive officers are
approved and reviewed annually by our Chief Executive Officer, and in the case of our Chief
Executive Officers base salary, by our Compensation Committee. Annual merit adjustments to base
salaries are made to align base salary with an executive officers responsibilities, individual
contribution, prior experience and sustained performance. Performance evaluations are conducted
annually to determine merit increases for all employees including executives. The performance
evaluation includes the following 16 performance factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Ability to Direct Activities of Others |
|
|
Acceptance of Supervision/Criticism |
Problem Solving and Creativity
|
|
Productivity/Efficiency |
Judgment/Decision Making
|
|
Quality of Output |
Planning and Organization
|
|
Effectiveness of Customer Relations |
Flexibility and Adaptability
|
|
Company Identification |
Ability to Work Independently
|
|
Written Expression |
Ability to Work With Others
|
|
Oral Expression |
The performance factors are graded from 1 to 5, with 5 being the highest or exceptional
performance. The grading results determine an executive officers eligibility for a merit increase.
To be eligible for a merit increase, the executive officer must receive
an acceptable rating, and the compensation survey data that we use must support that an
increase in base salary is warranted. We consider the year-to-year merit increases that we have
implemented to be in line with industry standards.
38
Other factors that we may take into account in deciding upon base salary increases include the
executive officers current salary, equity ownership, if any, and pay equity relative to an
executive officers peers within our company, which we analyze by comparing the pay of each
executive officer to other members of the management team. In making decisions regarding salary
increases, we may also draw upon the experience of members of our board of directors with other
companies. We have historically reviewed anonymous private company compensation surveys when
setting and adjusting base salaries. Base salaries are also reviewed in the case of promotions or
other significant changes in responsibility.
For 2010, the average increase in base salaries of our employees was 5%, which is consistent
with the base salary increases for Dr. Hillen and Messrs. Drew and Herdman. Mr. Allen did not
receive a salary increase due to his planned transition into a part-time advisory position in the
second half of 2010. Mr. R. Jones did not elect to receive a salary increase. Mr. T. Jones 22%
salary increase resulted from his promotion to Senior Vice President and General Manager, Defense
Engineering and a decision to align his base salary closer to peer group levels. Effective upon Mr.
Cormiers promotion to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, his base salary was
increased 18% to $310,000 per annum to align his base salary closer to peer group levels for chief
financial officers.
Short-Term Non-Equity Incentive Compensation
We provide annual cash incentive awards to our executives through our Management Performance
Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the Management Performance Incentive Plan, our executives are eligible
to receive cash incentive awards upon the achievement of certain key Company-level performance
measures and business unit goals for certain business units. Such Company-level performance
measures, business unit goals and the eligibility under the Management Performance Incentive Plan
are established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each fiscal year. The
Compensation Committee establishes threshold, target and stretch level goals for each Company-level
performance measure and business unit goal. Each performance measure is considered independently
from the other measures. In addition, the Compensation Committee, within its discretion, can make
modifications to the Management Performance Incentive Plan, or may elect not to make any awards
under the Management Performance Incentive Plan, dependent upon Company and individual performance.
We believe that having a significant portion of compensation linked to key Company performance
measures and business unit goals directly aligns individual executive performance with our business
objectives. The Chief Executive Officer can make recommendations to the Compensation Committee for
discretionary bonuses for certain individuals who exhibit exemplary performance.
Short-term non-equity
incentive compensation payments for 2010 performance were determined on
February 1, 2011. Since our audited financial information for 2010 was not approved by our
Audit
Committee until March 11, 2011, the Compensation Committee determined achievement of the
threshold,
target and stretch goals and distributed short-term non-equity incentive compensation payments
based on unaudited calculations of the performance measures. There were no material changes between
the unaudited financial information used to determine satisfaction of performance measures and our
actual audited financial information for 2010. If, however, there were a material change between
the audited and unaudited financial information that affected the payment to an executive officer,
corresponding adjustments would have been made to such executive officers short-term non-equity
incentive compensation payment.
2010 Potential Payments under Management Performance Incentive Plan
The table below illustrates the potential cash incentive award payable, which we refer to as
the management performance incentive potential, at each performance level (i.e., threshold, target
or stretch) as a percentage of 2010 base salary for each named executive officer:
Management Performance Incentive Potential (as a percentage of 2010 base salary)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management |
|
|
Management |
|
|
Management |
|
|
|
Performance |
|
|
Performance |
|
|
Performance |
|
|
|
Incentive |
|
|
Incentive |
|
|
Incentive |
|
|
|
Potential at |
|
|
Potential at |
|
|
Maximum at |
|
Name |
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target(1) |
|
|
Stretch(2) |
|
John Hillen |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
120 |
% |
James P. Allen |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
65 |
%(3) |
|
|
97.5 |
%(3) |
Ronald C. Jones |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
Alexander Drew |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
Timothy Jones |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
When a performance measure was achieved above the threshold level, but below the
target level, the executive earned management performance incentive compensation on a
linear basis between the management performance incentive potential at threshold and at
target for such performance measure. |
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
When a performance measure was achieved above the target level, the executive
earned management performance incentive compensation on a linear basis between the
management performance incentive potential at target and at stretch for such performance
measure. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents Mr. Cormiers management incentive potential following his promotion
to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on October 1, 2010. Prior to
such time, Mr. Cormiers management performance incentive potential at target and his
management performance incentive maximum at stretch were 50% and 75%, respectively. |
2010 Performance Measures Under Management Performance Incentive Plan
Hillen and Allen:
For 2010, the Compensation Committee established the following performance measures for Dr.
Hillen and Mr. Allen:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Measure |
|
Allocation(1) |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Stretch |
|
Revenue |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
234.0 |
(2) |
|
|
255.0 |
(3) |
|
>Target |
Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
0.90 |
(4) |
|
|
1.07 |
(5) |
|
>Target |
Funded Backlog |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
113.3 |
(6) |
|
|
123.6 |
(7) |
|
>Target |
OtherManagement by Objectives |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
(8) |
|
n/a |
|
|
|
US$ in millions, except per share data. |
|
(1) |
|
Amounts above threshold are calculated on a linear basis. For this reason, the
percentage allocation for the Revenue, EPS and Funded Backlog performance measures is
subject to change based on the Companys achievement in each category. |
|
(2) |
|
The threshold goal for the Revenue performance measure represents a 10% increase
in revenue from 2009. |
|
(3) |
|
The target goal for the Revenue performance measure represents a 20% increase in
revenue from 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
The threshold goal for EPS is based on EBITDA representing 8% of the threshold
goal for revenue. |
|
(5) |
|
The target goal for EPS was based on the top end of the EPS guidance range
initially provided to investors for 2010 in February 2010. |
|
(6) |
|
The threshold goal for the Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 10%
increase over the Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(7) |
|
The target goal for the Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 20%
increase over Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(8) |
|
The Management by Objectives performance measure was focused on the successful
closing of accretive acquisitions during the year. |
40
Cormier
Mr. Cormier was hired as our Senior Vice President, Finance on January 25, 2010. Effective
October 1, 2010, he was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. For 2010,
the Compensation Committee established the following performance measures for Mr. Cormier.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Measure |
|
Allocation(1) |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Stretch |
|
Revenue |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
234.0 |
(2) |
|
|
255.0 |
(3) |
|
>Target |
EPS |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
0.90 |
(4) |
|
|
1.07 |
(5) |
|
>Target |
Funded Backlog |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
113.3 |
(6) |
|
|
123.6 |
(7) |
|
>Target |
OtherManagement by Objectives |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
(8) |
|
n/a |
|
|
|
US$ in millions, except per share data. |
|
(1) |
|
Amounts above threshold are calculated on a linear basis. For this reason, the
percentage allocation for the Revenue, EPS and Funded Backlog performance measures is
subject to change based on the Companys achievement in each category. |
|
(2) |
|
The threshold goal for the Revenue performance measure represents a 10% increase
in revenue from 2009. |
|
(3) |
|
The target goal for the Revenue performance measure represents a 20% increase in
revenue from 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
The threshold goal for EPS is based on EBITDA representing 8% of the threshold
goal for revenue. |
|
(5) |
|
The target goal for EPS was based on the top end of the range EPS guidance
initially provided to investors for 2010 in February 2010. |
|
(6) |
|
The threshold goal for the Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 10%
increase over the Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(7) |
|
The target goal for the Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 20%
increase over Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(8) |
|
The Management by Objectives performance measure was focused on the successful
closing of accretive acquisitions during the year. |
Ronald C. Jones
For 2010, the Compensation Committee established the following performance measures for Mr. R.
Jones:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Measure |
|
Allocation(1) |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Stretch |
|
Revenue |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
234 |
(2) |
|
|
255 |
(3) |
|
>Target |
EPS |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
.90 |
(4) |
|
|
1.07 |
(5) |
|
>Target |
Funded Backlog |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
113.3 |
(6) |
|
|
123.6 |
(7) |
|
>Target |
OtherManagement by Objectives |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
(8) |
|
n/a |
|
|
|
US$ in millions, except per share data |
|
(1) |
|
Amounts above threshold are calculated on a linear basis. For this reason, the
percentage allocation for the Revenue, EPS and Funded Backlog performance measures is
subject to change based on the Companys achievement in each category. |
|
(2) |
|
The threshold goal for the Revenue performance measure represents a 10% increase
in revenue from 2009. |
|
(3) |
|
The target goal for the Revenue performance measure represents a 20% increase in
revenue from 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
The threshold goal for EPS is based on EBITDA representing 8% of the threshold
goal for revenue. |
|
(5) |
|
The target goal for EPS was based on the top end of the EPS guidance range
initially provided to investors for 2010 in February 2010. |
|
(6) |
|
The threshold goal for the Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 10%
increase over the Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(7) |
|
The target goal for the Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 20%
increase over Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(8) |
|
The Management by Objectives performance measure was focused on the successful
closing of accretive acquisitions during the year. |
41
Timothy Jones
Since April 1, 2010, Mr. T. Jones was the Senior Vice President and General Manager of Defense
Engineering (DE). For 2010, the Compensation Committee established the following performance
measures for Mr. T. Jones:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Measure |
|
Allocation(1) |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Stretch |
|
DE Revenue |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
128.0 |
(2) |
|
|
138.0 |
(3) |
|
> Target |
DE EBIT |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
13.7 |
(4) |
|
|
14.6 |
(5) |
|
>Target |
DE Funded Backlog |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
72.1 |
(6) |
|
|
78.8 |
(7) |
|
>Target |
EPS |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
0.90 |
(8) |
|
|
1.07 |
(9) |
|
>Target |
|
|
|
US$ in millions, except per share data |
|
(1) |
|
Amounts above threshold are calculated on a linear basis. For this reason, the
percentage allocation for the DE Revenue, DE EBIT and DE Funded Backlog performance
measures is subject to change based on the Companys achievement in each category. |
|
(2) |
|
The threshold goal for the DE Revenue performance measure was an approximately 5%
increase from 2009 DE revenue. |
|
(3) |
|
The target goal for the DE Revenue performance measure was an approximately 16%
increase from 2009 DE revenue. |
|
(4) |
|
The threshold goal for the DE EBIT performance measure was achieving 10% profit
on the threshold DE revenue. |
|
(5) |
|
The target goal for the DE EBIT performance measure was achieving 10% profit on
the target DE revenue. |
|
(6) |
|
The threshold goal for the DE Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 10%
increase from the DE Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(7) |
|
The target goal for the DE Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 20%
increase from the DE Funded Backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(8) |
|
The threshold goal for EPS is based on EBITDA representing 8% of the threshold
goal for revenue. |
|
(9) |
|
The target goal for EPS was based on the top end of the EPS guidance range
initially provided to investors for 2010 in February 2010. |
Drew:
In 2010, Mr. Drew was the President of Intelligence Solutions (IS). For 2010, the Compensation
Committee established the following performance measures for Mr. Drew:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Measure |
|
Allocation(1) |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Stretch |
|
IS Revenue |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
75.0 |
(2) |
|
|
85.0 |
(3) |
|
> Target |
IS EBIT |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
(4) |
|
|
9.0 |
(5) |
|
>Target |
IS Funded Backlog |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
23.7 |
(6) |
|
|
25.8 |
(7) |
|
>Target |
EPS |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
0.90 |
(8) |
|
|
1.07 |
(9) |
|
>Target |
|
|
|
US$ in millions, except per share data |
|
(1) |
|
Amounts above threshold are calculated on a linear basis. For this reason, the
percentage allocation for the IS Revenue, IS EBIT and IS Funded Backlog performance
measures is subject to change based on the Companys achievement in each category. |
|
(2) |
|
The threshold goal for the IS Revenue performance measure represents a 24%
increase over 2009 IS revenue. |
42
|
|
|
(3) |
|
The target goal for the IS Revenue performance measure was an approximately 41%
increase over 2009 IS revenue. |
|
(4) |
|
The threshold goal for the IS EBIT performance measure represents 11% of the
threshold IS revenue. |
|
(5) |
|
The target goal for the IS EBIT performance measure was achieving IS EBIT equal
to 11% of the target IS revenue. |
|
(6) |
|
The threshold goal for the IS Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 10%
increase from the IS funded backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(7) |
|
The target goal for the IS Funded Backlog performance measure represents a 20%
increase from the IS funded backlog at December 31, 2009. |
|
(8) |
|
The threshold goal for EPS is based on EBITDA representing 8% of the threshold
goal for revenue. |
|
(9) |
|
The target goal for EPS was based on the top end of the EPS guidance range
initially provided to investors for 2010 in February 2010. |
2010 Achievements under Management Incentive Performance Plan Performance Measures
On February 1, 2011 the Compensation Committee met to review the satisfaction of the
performance measures for fiscal year 2010 under the Management Performance Incentive Plan. The
following table reflects the 2010 achievement for each performance measure:
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Measure |
|
Achievement |
|
Revenue |
|
|
232.7 |
|
EPS |
|
|
0.96 |
|
Funded Backlog |
|
|
162 |
|
DE Revenue |
|
|
127 |
|
DE EBIT |
|
|
14.2 |
|
DE Funded Backlog |
|
|
102 |
|
IS Revenue |
|
|
72 |
|
IS EBIT |
|
|
7.2 |
|
IS Funded Backlog |
|
|
300.4 |
|
|
|
|
US$ in millions, except per share data |
Based on the achievements outlined above, the Compensation Committee approved the following
management performance incentive payments based on 2010 results:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of |
|
Executive |
|
Base Salary(1) |
|
John Hillen |
|
|
45 |
% |
James P. Allen |
|
|
21 |
% |
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
|
33 |
% |
Ronald C. Jones |
|
|
35 |
% |
Alexander Drew |
|
|
5 |
% |
Timothy Jones |
|
|
41 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents base salary as of December 31, 2010, except for Mr. Allen, who
converted to part-time status on October 1, 2010. As a result, for Mr. Allen, represents
his base salary as of February 1, 2010 when the Management Performance Incentive Plan
was adopted. |
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
In connection with our initial public offering in November 2009, we adopted the 2009
Performance Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the Plan. Concurrent with the closing of the
initial public offering, we assumed all obligations relating to outstanding awards made under the
prior SFA Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the SFA
Plan. As of March 1, 2011,
there were 37,815 shares reserved and available for issuance pursuant to the Plan.
43
The Plan is designed to reward executives and other employees for long-term growth consistent
with Company performance and stockholder return through the award of stock options and restricted
stock. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves all award grants to the executive officers.
Our Compensation Committee makes annual grants of equity awards, if any, to our
executives in connection with its annual review of our executives compensation and
performance. Throughout the year, our Compensation Committee evaluated grants for new hires,
promotions or other changes that may warrant additional grants.
The Compensation Committee did not apply a rigid formula in allocating stock options to
executives as a group or to any particular executive. Instead, the Compensation Committee exercised
its judgment and discretion and considered, among other things, the role and responsibility of the
executive, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the
executive, the non-equity compensation received by the executive and the total number of options to
be granted to all participants during the year. Outstanding restricted stock awards made under the
Plan vest ratably over a three year period from the date of grant for all employees. Outstanding
stock options made under the SFA Plan and the newly granted stock options vest ratably over a four
year period from the date of grant for all employees, except for options granted to James Allen,
our former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in May 2009, which have a three
year vesting period. The exercise price of any option is equal to the fair market value of the
Shares on the date of grant, which, prior to our initial public offering, was determined by the
GTEC Board.
The ultimate value of the long-term incentive compensation awards will be dependent upon the
actual performance of our stock over time. The exercise price of each option granted is the closing
price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant.
In January 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the grant of 50,000 stock options to
Joseph M. Cormier upon his hiring as Senior Vice President, Finance on January 25, 2010. The
Compensation Committee approved annual grants of stock options and restricted stock in February
2010. In August 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the grant of an additional 50,000 stock
options to Mr. Cormier upon his promotion to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
on October 1, 2010.
Indirect Compensation: Benefits and Perquisites
Executive officers participate in the employee benefit plans and programs that are generally
available to all of our employees, including health and welfare benefits and 401(k) matching,
employer discretionary contributions to the 401(k) and other standard benefits. Pursuant to Mr. R.
Joness employment agreement, the Company offers reimbursement of automobile expenses. Mr. R. Jones
is reimbursed for actual expenses relating to the use of his personal automobile in performing his
duties to the Company, which expenses may include lease payments, fuel and maintenance not to
exceed $16,000 per year. In 2010, Mr. Jones received $11,915.
We do not consider perquisites to be a principal component of our executive officers
compensation. We believe that our executive officer benefits and perquisite programs are reasonable
and competitive with benefits and perquisites provided to executive officers of similarly situated
companies, and are necessary to sustain a fully competitive executive compensation program.
Other Bonus Compensation
On February 1, 2011 the Compensation Committee met to review the satisfaction of the
performance measures for fiscal year 2010 under the Management Performance Incentive Plan. At the
meeting, the Companys Chief Executive Officer noted that the Company incurred a number of
unanticipated expenses that were outside of the control of management. These expenses represented a
$0.14 reduction in EPS for 2010. After discussion, the Compensation Committee agreed that a portion
of the unanticipated expenses, representing $0.09 per share, should be added back to the Companys
2010 EPS of $0.96 for purposes of the Management Performance Incentive Plan. Additional amounts
awarded to the named executive officers as a result of this adjustment (above the amount they would
have otherwise received) are treated as discretionary bonuses. These additional amounts were
$84,706 for Dr. Hillen, $29,780 for Mr. Allen, $40,371 for Mr. Cormier, $31,765 for Mr. R. Jones,
$18,965 for Mr. Drew and $17,470 for Mr. T. Jones.
Mr. Cormier also received a signing bonus in the amount of $60,000 upon joining the Company on
January 25, 2010. In addition, in February 2011, the Compensation Committee granted a discretionary
bonus to Mr. Cormier in the amount of $28,152, noting his efforts with respect to the closing of
two accretive acquisitions prior to year end 2010. The Compensation Committee also granted Mr. Drew
a discretionary bonus in the amount of $28,391, noting that although Mr. Drew did not achieve his
Intelligence Solutions divisional goals, he did achieve 20% revenue growth over 2009.
Executive Equity Ownership
Pursuant to our corporate governance guidelines, we encourage our executives to hold an equity
position in our Company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines
for our executives.
44
In addition see Executive Employment Contracts and Potential Payments upon Termination or
Change in Control and Severance and Change in Control Payments below for a description of the
severance and change in control arrangements we have
with our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee believes that these arrangements
are necessary to attract and retain our named executive officers. The terms of each arrangement
were determined through negotiations with the applicable named executive officer in connection with
his hiring and were not based on any set formula.
Government Limitations on Compensation
As a government contractor, we are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulations, or FAR,
which govern the reimbursement of costs by our government customers. FAR 31.205-6(p) limits the
allowability of senior executive compensation to a benchmark compensation cap established each year
by the Administrator of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy, or OFPP, under Section 39 of the
OFPP Act (41 U.S.C. 435). The benchmark cap applies to the five most highly compensated employees
in management positions in each home office and each of our business segments. When comparing
senior executive compensation to the benchmark cap, all wages, salary, bonuses and deferred
compensation, if any, for the year, as recorded in our books and records, must be included. The
benchmark compensation cap for contract costs incurred after January 1, 2010, as published in the
Federal Register, is $693,951. Any amounts over the cap are considered unallowable and are
therefore not recoverable under our government contracts.
Deductibility of Executive Compensation
Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits the deductibility of certain compensation in
excess of $1,000,000 paid in any one year to the principal executive officer and the other three
highest paid executive officers (other than the principal financial officer). Qualified
performance-based compensation will not be subject to this deduction limit if certain requirements
are met. As a result of the adjustments made to the awards granted under the Management Performance
Incentive Plan as described in Other Bonus Compensation above, the entire amount of such awards
for the fiscal year 2010 performance period do not qualify as performance-based compensation and
are subject to the deduction limit under Section 162(m). Stock options are inherently
performance-based and qualify for the deduction under Section 162(m). Pursuant to applicable
regulations, Section 162(m) will not apply to compensation paid or stock options, stock
appreciation rights or restricted stock granted under the compensation agreements and plans
described in this prospectus during the reliance transition period ending on the earlier of the
date the agreements or plan is materially modified or the first meeting at which directors are
elected during 2013. While we will continue to monitor our compensation programs in light of
Section 162(m), the Compensation Committee considers it important to retain the flexibility to
design compensation programs that are in the best long-term interests of our company and our
stockholders. As a result, we have not adopted a policy requiring that all compensation be
deductible and the Compensation Committee may conclude that paying compensation at levels that are
not deductible under Section 162(m) is nevertheless in the best interests of the Company and our
stockholders.
Summary Executive Compensation
Below is a summary compensation table for 2010 including our Chief Executive Officer, our
Chief Financial Officer, our former Chief Financial Officer and the three most highly compensated
executive officers who were serving as executive officers at the end of 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option |
|
|
Stock |
|
|
Incentive Plan |
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary |
|
|
Bonus |
|
|
Awards |
|
|
Awards |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Total |
|
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($)(1) |
|
|
($)(1) |
|
|
($)(2) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
John Hillen, President and
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
399,171 |
|
|
|
84,706 |
(3) |
|
|
290,790 |
|
|
|
327,400 |
|
|
|
181,496 |
|
|
|
60 |
(4) |
|
$ |
1,283,623 |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
379,995 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221,124 |
|
|
|
60 |
(4) |
|
|
676,180 |
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
126,665 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
566,731 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275,281 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
968,677 |
|
Joseph M. Cormier, Executive
Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
253,204 |
(5) |
|
|
128,523 |
(6) |
|
|
456,517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,128 |
|
|
|
44 |
(7) |
|
$ |
932,416 |
|
James P. Allen, former Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
271,899 |
|
|
|
29,780 |
(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,807 |
|
|
|
330 |
(9) |
|
$ |
365,816 |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
171,153 |
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
307,424 |
|
|
|
620,460 |
|
|
|
109,108 |
|
|
|
203,507 |
(10) |
|
|
1,352,814 |
|
Ronald C. Jones, Executive
Vice President, Corporate
Strategy and Development |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
299,998 |
|
|
|
31,765 |
(11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105,247 |
|
|
|
787 |
(12) |
|
$ |
437,797 |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
16,538 |
(13) |
|
|
149,108 |
(14) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,686,187 |
(15) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,851,833 |
|
Alexander Drew, President,
Intelligence Solutions |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
234,573 |
(16) |
|
|
47,356 |
|
|
|
92,359 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,644 |
|
|
|
23,911 |
(17) |
|
$ |
410,842 |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
223,026 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,349 |
|
|
|
84,496 |
|
|
|
428,871 |
|
Timothy Jones, Senior Vice
President and General Manager,
Defense Engineering |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
208,335 |
(18) |
|
|
17,470 |
|
|
|
92,359 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,600 |
|
|
|
123 |
(19) |
|
$ |
407,889 |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
175,663 |
|
|
|
35,000 |
|
|
|
183,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,528 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
461,020 |
|
45
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts in these columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For assumptions
used in determining the fair value of stock awards, see Note 11 to the Companys
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
|
(2) |
|
Executive officers are eligible for non-equity incentive compensation in the form
of cash awards that are based upon achievement of Company and/or business unit
performance goals in accordance with our Management Performance Incentive Plan. Cash
bonuses under the Management Performance Incentive Plan are accrued in the year earned
and paid in the following year. The amounts identified in this column were paid in
February 2011 for 2010 performance. For a detailed description of our short-term
non-equity incentive compensation, see Compensation Discussion and AnalysisShort Term
Non-Equity Incentive Compensation. |
|
(3) |
|
Dr. Hillen received a discretionary bonus of $84,706 due to the EPS addback
described under Other Bonus Compensation above. |
|
(4) |
|
The other compensation that Dr. Hillen received in 2010 and 2009 consisted of a
gross up payment in the amount of $60 for excess life insurance above $50,000. |
|
(5) |
|
From January 25, 2010 until his promotion to Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer on October 1, 2010, Mr. Cormiers salary was $275,000 per annum. From
October 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010, Mr. Cormiers salary was $310,000 per annum. |
|
(6) |
|
Mr. Cormier received a discretionary bonus of $40,371 due to the EPS addback
described under Other Bonus Compensation, a discretionary bonus in the amount of
$28,152 for his efforts in closing two accretive acquisitions prior to year end 2010 and
a signing bonus of $60,000 upon joining the Company on January 25, 2010. |
|
(7) |
|
The other compensation that Mr. Cormier received in 2010 consisted of a gross up
payment in the amount of $44 for excess life insurance above $50,000. |
|
(8) |
|
Mr. Allen received a discretionary bonus of $29,779 due to the EPS addback
described under Other Bonus Compensation. |
|
(9) |
|
The other compensation that Mr. Allen received in 2010 consisted of a gross up
payment in the amount of $330 for excess life insurance above $50,000. |
|
(10) |
|
The other compensation that Mr. Allen received in 2009 included $98,838 for
consulting fees that he earned prior to becoming an employee of the Company in May 2009.
Also included is a make-whole payment because of the failure to re-price Mr. Allens
stock bonus award in connection with a dividend and debt repayment that occurred in
connection with restructuring transactions that occurred prior to our initial public
offering. As a result, of the dividend and debt repayment, the value of Mr. Allens
stock grant was reduced by $104,438. In February 2010, the Compensation Committee
approved the make-whole payment in cash versus providing additional shares. In addition,
Mr. Allen received a gross up payment in the amount of $231 for excess life insurance
above $50,000. |
|
(11) |
|
Mr. R. Jones received a discretionary bonus of $31,765 due to the EPS addback
described under Other Bonus Compensation. |
|
(12) |
|
The other compensation that Mr. R. Jones received in 2010 included $649 for
unused accrued paid time off and a gross up payment in the amount of $138 for excess
life insurance above $50,000. |
|
(13) |
|
Mr. R. Jones did not become an employee of the Company until our initial public
offering in November 2009. As a result, Mr. R. Jones salary reflects compensation he
received from November 25, 2009 through December 31, 2009. Mr. R. Jones 2009 salary was
$300,000 per annum. |
|
(14) |
|
In 2009, Mr. R. Jones received a discretionary bonus in the amount of $40,000 for
his efforts related to our initial public offering and a bonus of $109,108 approved by
the Compensation Committee in lieu of a bonus under his prior employment agreement. |
|
(15) |
|
In 2006, Mr. R. Jones was granted a 12% membership interest in Contego Systems
LLC, our former parent. In 2009, immediately prior to our initial public offering Mr. R.
Jones restricted membership interest was redeemed by
Contego Systems LLC in exchange for unrestricted Shares of the Company owned by
Contego Systems LLC of equal value. The redemption and completion of the initial
public offering triggered recognition of the compensation expense reflected in the
table above. |
46
|
|
|
(16) |
|
Mr. Drew received a discretionary bonus of $18,965 due to the EPS addback
described under Other Bonus Compensation and a discretionary bonus in the amount of
$28,391 for his efforts in growing Intelligence Solutions revenue by 20%. |
|
(17) |
|
The other compensation that Mr. Drew received in 2010 consisted of a payment for
unused accrued paid time off in the amount of $23,773 and a gross up payment in the
amount of $138 for excess life insurance above $50,000. |
|
(18) |
|
Mr. T. Jones received a discretionary bonus of $17,470 due to the EPS addback
described under Other Bonus Compensation above. |
|
(19) |
|
The other compensation that Mr. T. Jones received in 2010 consisted of a gross up
payment in the amount of $33.23 for a $25 gas card and $90 for excess life insurance
above $50,000. |
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards to the named
executive officers during 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
|
Awards: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Awards: |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Securities |
|
|
of Option |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
Grant (1) |
|
|
Plan Awards(2) |
|
|
Shares of Stock |
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Awards (per |
|
|
of Option |
|
Name |
|
Date |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Stretch |
|
|
or Units |
|
|
Options |
|
|
share) |
|
|
Awards(3) |
|
John Hillen |
|
|
1/4/2010 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
320,000 |
|
|
$ |
480,000 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
16.37 |
|
|
$ |
290,790 |
|
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
|
1/25/2010 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
152,515 |
|
|
$ |
228,773 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
15.06 |
|
|
$ |
264,017 |
|
|
|
|
10/1/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
13.59 |
|
|
$ |
192,500 |
|
James P. Allen |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
150,000 |
|
|
$ |
225,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald C. Jones |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
150,000 |
|
|
$ |
225,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alexander Drew |
|
|
2/26/2010 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
119,412 |
|
|
$ |
179,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
13.48 |
|
|
$ |
92,359 |
|
Timothy Jones |
|
|
2/26/2010 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
110,000 |
|
|
$ |
165,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
13.48 |
|
|
$ |
92,359 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Does not reflect the grant date for Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards |
|
(2) |
|
Represents the amounts that could have been paid at threshold, target and stretch
performance levels for 2010 under our Management Performance Incentive Plan. The
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table sets
forth the actual amounts paid under our Management Performance Incentive Plan for 2010.
For a detailed description of our short-term non-equity incentive compensation, see
Compensation Discussion and AnalysisShort Term Non-Equity Incentive Compensation. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value recognized for financial reporting
purposes with respect to all awards made in 2010. |
47
Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End
The following table sets forth information concerning stock option and restricted stock awards
to the named executive officers as of the end of fiscal year 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards |
|
|
Stock Awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Incentive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards: Number |
|
|
|
Securities |
|
|
Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of |
|
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of |
|
|
Market Value of |
|
|
Unearned Shares, |
|
|
|
Unexercised |
|
|
Unexercised |
|
|
Option |
|
|
Option |
|
|
Stock That |
|
|
Shares or Units of |
|
|
Units or Other |
|
|
|
Options (#) |
|
|
Options (#) |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Expiration |
|
|
Have Not |
|
|
Stock That Have |
|
|
Rights That Have |
|
Name |
|
Exercisable |
|
|
Unexercisable |
|
|
Price ($) |
|
|
Date |
|
|
Vested (#) |
|
|
Not Vested ($) |
|
|
Not Vested (#) |
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
|
|
(e) |
|
|
(f) |
|
|
(g) |
|
|
(h) |
|
|
(i) |
|
John Hillen |
|
|
33,750 |
|
|
|
101,250 |
|
|
$ |
8.54 |
|
|
|
8/18/2018 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
337,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
16.37 |
|
|
|
1/4/2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
15.06 |
|
|
|
1/25/2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
13.59 |
|
|
|
10/1/2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James P. Allen |
|
|
4,099 |
|
|
|
12,296 |
|
|
$ |
14.38 |
|
|
|
4/30/2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald C. Jones |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alexander Drew |
|
|
25,002 |
|
|
|
8,334 |
|
|
$ |
6.52 |
|
|
|
2/7/2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
13.48 |
|
|
|
2/26/2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy Jones |
|
|
8,197 |
|
|
|
24,592 |
|
|
$ |
14.38 |
|
|
|
4/30/2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
13.48 |
|
|
|
2/26/2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Options granted to executive officers other than Mr. Allen vest in four equal, annual
installments beginning on the anniversary of the grant unless vesting is accelerated
based upon a designated change in control event. Mr. Allens options vest in three equal
annual installments beginning on the anniversary of the grant. |
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The named executive officers did not exercise any stock options and no shares of restricted
stock vested in 2010.
Pension Benefits and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
We do not have, and the named executive officers do not participate in, any pension or
non-qualified deferred compensation plans, other than the Companys Executive Nonqualified Excess
Plan, which was adopted in 2010 and has not yet been utilized. We do, however, maintain the GNA
401(k) Plan, as defined below, and our named executive officers are eligible to participate on the
same terms as other eligible employees.
Executive Employment Contracts and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
Employment Agreements
The Compensation Committee considers executive employment agreements as important tools to
align executive and stockholder interests and to attract and retain senior executive talent. The
executive employment agreements for Dr. Hillen and Messrs. Allen, Cormier and Jones include change
in control and termination provisions that are designed to become effective only in the event of
a change in control or other termination event. Under change in control circumstances it can be
extremely important to secure the dedicated attention of our principal executive and financial
officers whose personal positions are at risk and who may have other opportunities readily
available to them.
By establishing compensation payable under various merger and acquisition scenarios,
change in control provisions enable the executive to set aside personal financial and career
objectives and focus on maximizing stockholder value. Moreover, these provisions help to minimize
distractions such as the executives concern about what may happen to his or her position, and
assist in maintaining the executives objective focus in analyzing opportunities that may arise for
the benefit of the stockholders. Furthermore, change in control provisions are intended to ensure
the continuity of a leadership team at a time when business continuity is of paramount concern.
Without change in control provisions enabling executives to focus on important Company objectives
within important time constraints, the Company may have a greater risk of losing key executives in
times of uncertainty. The Compensation Committee approved the payment and benefit levels in the
executive employment agreements described below and determined such provisions to be generally
consistent with those entered into by comparable companies, to be market competitive and to reflect
the consolidating nature of the government services industry. The material terms of the current
executive employment agreements are described in more detail below.
48
Employment Agreements for Dr. Hillen and Messrs. Allen, Cormier and R. Jones
On August 18, 2008, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Dr. Hillen, our
President and Chief Executive Officer, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2010. On May 18,
2009, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Allen, our former Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2010. On October 1,
2010, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Cormier, our current Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. On November 25, 2009, we entered into an executive
employment agreement with Mr. R. Jones, our Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and
Development, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2010. Each agreement provides for a one-year
term and is automatically extended for additional one-year terms unless we provide written notice
no later than six months prior to the end of the current term that we do not wish to extend the
term of the agreement. Each executive, other than Dr. Hillen and Mr. Cormier, may, at his
discretion with or without good reason, terminate his employment with us by giving us at least 30
days written notice of his decision to terminate his employment. Dr. Hillen and Mr. Cormier must
give us at least 90 days (or 30 days if he is terminating his employment in order to accept a
position with the U.S. Government) written notice of his decision to terminate.
Under each agreement, we may terminate the executives employment prior to expiration of the
term for any of the following reasons: (i) as a result of his death or disability, (ii) for cause
or (iii) without cause.
These agreements contain severance provisions that provide for payment of the following
amounts to the executive upon the occurrence of termination by the Company without cause or
termination by the executive for good reason:
|
|
|
accrued and unpaid salary through the date of termination; |
|
|
|
for Dr. Hillen, cash payments equal to 100% of his annual salary in
effect immediately prior to termination, as well as 100% of his target incentive
bonus, for termination by the Company without cause or by Dr. Hillen for good
reason, but if the termination occurs within six months after the date of a change
in control, Dr. Hillen will receive 200% of his annual salary and 200% of his target
incentive bonus. |
|
|
|
for Mr. Cormier, cash payments equal to 100% of his annual salary in
effect immediately prior to termination, as well as 100% of his target incentive
bonus, for termination by the Company without cause or by Mr. Cormier for good
reason, but if the termination occurs within six months after the date of a change
in control, Mr. Cormier or will receive 150% of his annual salary and 100% of his
target incentive bonus. |
|
|
|
for Mr. Allen and Mr. R. Jones, cash payments equal to 50% of his annual
salary in effect immediately prior to termination, as well as 50% of his target
incentive bonus, for termination by the Company without cause or by Mr. Allen or
Mr. R. Jones for good reason, but if the termination occurs within six months
after the date of a change in control, Mr. Allen or Mr. R. Jones or will receive
100% of his annual salary and 100% of his target incentive bonus. |
|
|
|
for Dr. Hillen and Messrs. Allen, Cormier and R. Jones, in the event of a
termination within six months after the date of a change in control, full vesting of
the executives stock and stock option awards that have not yet become vested. |
The cash severance shall be payable as and when the executives base salary or bonus would
otherwise have been paid, except that the bonus amount must be paid no later than March 15 of the
year following the year during which notice of the termination is given; however, any payments
following a change in control that is also a change in control for purposes of Section 409A of the
Code will be made in one lump sum.
Cause is defined in each executives employment agreement as:
|
|
|
willfully failing to perform his duties in a material manner if such
failure is not discontinued promptly after written notice to the executive; |
|
|
|
being charged with or indicted for a felony or other crime casting doubt
on the executives trustworthiness or integrity; |
|
|
|
knowingly and/or materially breaching certain covenants of the agreement; |
|
|
|
committing any act of dishonesty that is intended to result in personal
enrichment of the executive at our expense; or |
|
|
|
in bad faith, committing any act or omitting to take any action, to our
material detriment. |
49
Change in Control is defined in each executives employment agreement as having been deemed
to occur if:
|
|
|
the acquisition of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the
Companys then-total outstanding voting securities by any person or related
group of persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) other than (x) the Company or any of
its affiliate, (y) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any trustee or other
fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company (or its
subsidiaries), or (z) Contego Systems LLC, Kende Holding kft, Global Strategies
Group Holding, S.A. or any of their affiliates or successor entities; or |
|
|
|
the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any
other corporation or other entity, following which the voting securities of the
Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation no longer
represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the
combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or
any direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or
consolidation; or |
|
|
|
the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or
dissolution. |
Good Reason is defined in each executives employment agreement as the occurrence, without
the executives written consent, of any of the following circumstances unless such circumstances
are fully corrected prior to the date of termination specified in the notice of termination given
by the executive:
|
|
|
the assignment to the executive of any duties materially and adversely
inconsistent with his position as set forth in the agreement including, but not
limited to status, office or responsibilities; |
|
|
|
a change in the executives reporting relationship such that he no longer
reports directly to the GTEC Board; |
|
|
|
a material breach by us of any provision of the agreement after receipt
of written notice from the executive and failure by us to cure the breach within 30
days; or |
|
|
|
the relocation of the executives office as assigned to him by us to a
location more than 50 miles from his office prior to the date of such relocation,
except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the executives
responsibilities. |
Other Executive Employment Agreements
We also have entered into employment agreements with other executives, including Messrs. Drew
and T. Jones. Each of these agreements provides for at will employment and does not have a term.
Pursuant to these employment agreements, the executive can terminate his employment at any time by
providing us four weeks notice. These employment agreements provide for six to nine months salary
continuation as severance protection in the event the executive is terminated without cause. Mr. T.
Jones agreement provides for six months salary continuation for termination without cause, while
Mr. Drews agreement provides for nine months salary continuation.
Cause is defined in each executives employment agreement as:
|
|
|
a good faith finding by the President and Chief Executive Officer that
the executive: (i) has been convicted of a felony; (ii) has been convicted of a
misdemeanor (excluding traffic violations) to the extent such conviction could
reasonably be considered to compromise our best interests or any of our subsidiaries
or render the executive unfit or unable to perform his/her services and duties;
(iii) has committed any other act or omission involving dishonesty, disloyalty or
fraud with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries or any of our customers or
suppliers, (iv) has engaged in illegal use of drugs or unauthorized use of alcohol
in the workplace; or (v) has committed an act involving unlawful or disreputable
conduct in the context of executives employment which is likely to be harmful to us
or our reputation; |
|
|
|
the continued failure by the executive to perform his duties in all
material respects for us or any of our subsidiaries continuing for a period of 10
days following a written demand for such performance by the Chief Executive Officer
or a designated official or a material breach by the executive of his obligations
under his employment agreement
continuing uncured (if curable) for a period of 10 days following written notice from
the Chief Executive Officer or a designated official (other than any such failure or
breach resulting from the executives incapacity due to physical or mental illness),
which demand shall identify in reasonable detail the manner that the executive has not
performed his duties or has breached his obligations (as applicable) and give the
executive an opportunity to respond; provided, that, the foregoing shall not be
construed to include the executives failure to achieve financial or operating
objectives and goals established by the GTEC Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer or a designated official; or |
|
|
|
a good faith finding by the GTEC Board or the President and Chief
Executive Officer or a designated official that the executive engaged in (i)
misconduct materially injurious to us or any of our subsidiaries or our or any of
our subsidiaries reputation or (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct by the
executive which has a material adverse effect on us or any of our subsidiaries. |
50
Severance and Change in Control Payments
General
As described above, we currently have employment agreements with the following named executive
officers: Dr. Hillen and Messrs. Cormier, Allen, R. Jones, T. Jones and Drew. The employment
agreements, along with the individual equity compensation award agreements entered into pursuant to
our Plan, contain provisions that, in some cases, provide for severance payments or accelerated
vesting of unvested equity awards, as applicable. The amount of compensation payable to each named
executive officer upon any termination is shown below. Stock Option estimates are based on an
assumed termination date of December 31, 2010 and governed by the salaries and employment
agreements currently in place with the listed individuals. The actual payments due on terminations
occurring on different dates could materially differ from the estimates in the tables.
Following a Change in Control, Termination by the Company without
Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control |
|
|
Early Vesting of |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Severance Amount |
|
|
Option Awards(1) |
|
|
Total |
|
John Hillen |
|
$ |
1,440,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
866,900 |
|
|
$ |
2,306,900 |
|
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
$ |
666,500 |
(3) |
|
$ |
253,503 |
|
|
$ |
920,003 |
|
James P. Allen |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
523,892 |
|
|
$ |
523,892 |
|
Ronald C. Jones |
|
$ |
450,000 |
(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
450,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the value of the stock option awards held by the executive and
unvested as of December 31, 2010. The value of the unvested awards is the number of
unvested shares multiplied by the difference between the closing price of our common
stock on The NASDAQ Global Market on December 31, 2010 ($16.86) and the exercise price
for each such option award. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 200% of annual base salary and 200% of target
incentive bonus. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 150% of annual base salary and 100% of target
incentive bonus. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 100% of annual base salary and 100% of target
incentive bonus. |
Without a Change in Control, Termination by the Company without
Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Severance |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Amount |
|
|
Total |
|
John Hillen |
|
$ |
720,000 |
(1) |
|
$ |
720,000 |
|
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
|
511,500 |
(2) |
|
$ |
511,500 |
|
James P. Allen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald C. Jones |
|
$ |
300,000 |
(3) |
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
Alexander Drew |
|
$ |
298,530 |
(4) |
|
$ |
298,530 |
|
Timothy Jones |
|
$ |
220,000 |
(5) |
|
$ |
220,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 100% of annual base salary and 100% of target
incentive bonus. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 100% of annual base salary and 100% of target
incentive bonus. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 50% of annual base salary and 100% of target
incentive bonus. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 75% of annual base salary and pro-rated incentive
bonus (which is a full annual incentive bonus due to assumption of December 31, 2010
termination date). |
|
(5) |
|
Represents a cash payment of 50% of annual base salary and pro-rated incentive
bonus (which is a full annual incentive bonus due to assumption of December 31, 2010
termination date). |
51
Employee Benefit Plans
401(k) Plan
Effective January 1, 2010, we merged the GNA and TAC 401(k) Plans and the Profit Sharing Plan
into one planthe GNA 401(k) Plan. We maintain a 401(k) savings plan that covers all eligible
Company employees, which we refer to as the GNA 401(k) Plan. The GNA 401(k) Plan allows eligible
participants to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit and to
have the amount of this reduction contributed to the GNA 401(k) Plan. We provide 100% matching
funds for eligible participating employees, limited to the employees participation of up to 5% of
earnings. Participants interests in Company matching contributions vest ratably over three years.
Participants also become fully vested upon reaching age 65, permanent disability, or death.
We provide discretionary contributions annually, allocated on the basis of the ratio of each
participants annual earnings to the aggregate of all participants total earnings, to eligible
employees who meet the service requirement of 1,000 hours for the allocation year. Participants
interests in Company contributions vest ratably over five years. Participants also become fully
vested in their interests upon reaching age 65, permanent disability or death. In the past, we have
contributed a minimum 3% of earnings assuming profit goals are achieved.
2009 Performance Incentive Plan
The 2009 Performance Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the Plan, authorizes the issuance of
options to purchase shares of common stock and the grant of bonus stock awards, restricted common
stock awards, stock appreciation rights, deferred shares, performance shares and performance units.
Administration. Sole authority for administration of the Plan is conferred upon the of the
GTEC Board, and any Committee to which the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, delegates
all or any portion of its authority to administer the Plan (hereinafter, the Administrator). With
respect to grants to officers and directors, any such Committee shall be constituted in such a
manner as to satisfy applicable laws, including Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
Eligibility. All of our officers and employees, and those of our affiliates, are eligible to
participate in the Plan. Our directors and other persons that provide consulting services to us and
our affiliates are also eligible to participate in the Plan.
Maximum Shares and Award Limits. Under the Plan, the initial number of shares of common stock
that were initially subject to awards was 1,000,000, including the 492,127 shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of options granted under the SFA Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan, which we refer
to as the SFA Plan, which were, in connection with our initial public offering in November 2009,
assumed under the Plan. The number of shares of common stock allocated to the Plan automatically
increases at the beginning of each fiscal year by a number equal to the lesser of 1.5% of the
Companys shares of outstanding common stock, 125,000 shares of common stock and an amount
determined by the Administrator. As of March 1, 2011, 1,212,185 of the Plans 1,250,000 Shares have
been granted. No one participant may receive awards for more than 200,000 shares of common stock in
any one calendar year. The maximum number of performance units that may be granted to a participant
in any one calendar year is $1,500,000 for each full or fractional year included in the performance
period for the award granted during the calendar year. These limitations, and the terms of
outstanding awards, will be adjusted without the approval of our stockholders as the Administrator
determines is appropriate in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification of stock
or similar event. If an option terminates, expires or becomes un-exercisable, or shares of common
stock subject to a stock award, grant of performance shares, grant of deferred shares or stock
appreciation right are forfeited, the shares subject to such option, stock award, grant of
performance shares, grant of deferred shares or stock appreciation right are available under the
first sentence of this paragraph for future awards under the Plan. In addition, shares that are
issued under any type of award under the Plan and that are repurchased or reacquired by us at the
lesser of fair market value and the original purchase price for such shares are also available
under the first sentence of this paragraph for future awards under the Plan.
Stock Options. The Plan provides for the grant of both options intended to qualify as
incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options not intended to so qualify. The
Plan prohibits repricing of an outstanding option, and therefore, the Administrator may not,
without the consent of the stockholders, lower the exercise price of an outstanding option. This
limitation does not, however, prevent adjustments resulting from stock dividends, stock splits,
reclassifications of stock or similar events. Options generally will be nontransferable except in
the event of the participants death, but the Administrator may allow the transfer of non-qualified
stock options.
52
Unless provided otherwise in a participants stock option agreement and subject to the maximum
exercise period for the option, an option generally will cease to be exercisable upon the earlier
of three months following the participants termination of service with us or our affiliate or the
expiration date under the terms of the participants stock option agreement. The right to exercise
an option will expire immediately upon the participants termination of service with us if the
termination is for cause or is a voluntary termination any time after an event that would be
grounds for termination for cause. Upon death or disability, the option exercise period is extended
to the earlier of one year from the participants termination of service or the expiration date
under the terms of the participants stock option agreement.
Stock Awards and Performance Based Compensation. The Administrator also will select the
participants who are granted bonus or restricted common stock awards and, consistent with the terms
of the Plan, will establish the terms of each bonus or restricted common stock award. A bonus or
restricted common stock award may be subject to payment by the participant of a purchase price for
the shares of common stock subject to the award, and may be subject to vesting requirements or
transfer restrictions or both, if so provided by the Administrator. Those requirements may include,
for example, a requirement that the participant complete a specified period of employment with the
Company or its affiliate or the achievement of certain performance objectives. Any such performance
objectives may be based on the individual performance of the participant, our performance or the
performance of our affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, departments or functions in which the
participant is employed or has responsibility. In the case of a performance objective for an award
intended to qualify as performance based compensation under Section 162(m), the performance
objectives are limited to specified levels of and increases in our or a business units revenue;
return on equity; total earnings; earnings per share; earnings growth; return on capital; return on
assets; economic value added; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization; revenue; funded backlog; gross margin return on investment; increase
in the fair market value of the shares (including but not limited to growth measures and total
stockholder return); net operating profit; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash
flow and free cash flow); cash flow return on investments (which equals net cash flow divided by
total capital); internal rate of return; increase in net present value or expense targets, with
each such performance objective determined in accordance with and subject to such requirements set
forth in the terms of award. A transfer of the shares of common stock subject to a restricted
common stock award normally will be restricted prior to vesting.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator also will select the participants who receive
stock appreciation rights under the Plan. A stock appreciation right entitles the participant to
receive a payment of up to the amount by which the fair market value of a share of common stock on
the date of exercise exceeds the base value for a share of common stock as established by the
Administrator at the time of grant of the award. A stock appreciation right will be exercisable at
such times and subject to such conditions as may be established by the Administrator. The amount
payable upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right may be settled in cash or by the issuance
of shares of common stock.
Deferred Shares. The Plan also authorizes the grant of deferred shares, i.e., the right to
receive a future delivery of shares of common stock, if certain conditions are met. The conditions
established for earning the grant of deferred shares may include, for example, a requirement that
certain performance objectives, such as those described above, be achieved.
Performance Shares and Performance Units. The Plan also permits the grant of performance
shares and performance units to participants selected by the Administrator. A performance share is
an award designated in a specified number of shares of common stock that is payable in whole or in
part, if and to the extent certain performance objectives are achieved. A performance unit is a
cash bonus equal to $1.00 per unit awarded that is payable in whole or in part, if and to the
extent certain performance objectives are achieved. The performance objectives will be prescribed
by the Administrator for grants intended to qualify as performance based compensation under
Section 162(m) and will be stated with reference to the performance objectives described above. A
grant of performance units may be settled by payment of cash, shares of common stock or a
combination of cash and shares and may grant to the participant or reserve to the administrator the
right to elect among these alternatives.
Amendment and Termination. No awards may be granted under the Plan after October 26, 2019,
which is the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan was initially adopted. The Board of
Directors may amend or terminate the Plan at any time, but an amendment will not become effective
without the approval of our stockholders if it increases the aggregate number of shares of common
stock that may be issued under the Plan, changes the class of employees eligible to receive
incentive stock options or stockholder approval is required by any applicable law, regulation or
rule, including any rule of The Nasdaq Global Market. No amendment or termination shall, without a
participants consent, adversely affect any rights of such participant under any award
outstanding at the time such amendment is made; provided, however, that an amendment that may
cause an incentive stock option to become a nonqualified stock option shall not be treated as
adversely affecting the rights of the participant.
53
Compensation of Directors
Total compensation awarded to non-employee directors for service in 2010 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in Cash |
|
|
Stock Awards |
|
|
Option Awards |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Total |
|
Name |
|
($)(1) |
|
|
($)(2) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
John J. Devine |
|
|
82,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,930 |
|
Jacques Gansler |
|
|
80,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,180 |
|
Damian Perl |
|
|
63,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,250 |
|
Eric S. Rangen |
|
|
88,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,430 |
|
Thomas Wilson |
|
|
96,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
410,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
594,970 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts in this column represent fees earned or paid in cash in 2010 for
retainers and board and committee meetings as described more fully in the table below. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For assumptions
used in determining the fair value of stock awards, see Note 11 to the Companys
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
On December 16, 2009, the members of the Compensation Committee met and unanimously approved a
plan for compensation of non-employee Directors for 2010. Under the plan,
|
|
|
each non-employee Director will receive an annual retainer of $42,000 to
be paid in equal, quarterly installments (the Annual Retainer); |
|
|
|
each non-employee Chairperson of the Board and of each committee of the
GTEC Board will receive, in addition to the Annual Retainer, an additional retainer
(a Chairperson Retainer) as set forth in the table below, to be paid in equal,
quarterly installments; |
|
|
|
each non-employee Director will be paid a fee, as set forth in the table
below, for each meeting of the GTEC Board or of a committee of the GTEC Board that
he or she attends, whether in person (for a meeting of any length) or by telephone
(for a meeting lasting one hour or more); and |
|
|
|
the Company will reimburse all Directors for travel expenses to attend
meetings of the GTEC Board, of a committee of the GTEC Board or of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount paid per meeting |
|
|
|
Chairperson |
|
|
if attending: |
|
Membership |
|
Retainer(1) |
|
|
in person |
|
|
by telephone |
|
Board of Directors |
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
Audit Committee |
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,500 |
|
|
$ |
750 |
|
Compensation Committee |
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,500 |
|
|
$ |
750 |
|
Government Security Committee |
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,500 |
|
|
$ |
750 |
|
Nominating and Governance Committee |
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,500 |
|
|
$ |
750 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For 2010, the current Chairperson of the Board agreed to forgo any Chairperson
Retainer for service on any committee while concurrently serving as Chairperson of the
Board. |
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Messrs. Rangen and Wilson and Dr. Gansler currently serve on the Compensation Committee. None
of the current members of the Compensation Committee serves, or has in the past served, as one of
our employees or officers. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has
served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one
or more executive officers serving on the GTEC Board or our Compensation Committee.
54
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Compensation Committee of the GTEC Board has reviewed and discussed the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on
such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the GTEC Board that the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Submitted by:
Thomas Wilson, Chairperson of the Compensation Committee
Jacques Gansler
Eric S. Rangen
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information regarding the Companys equity compensation plans as
of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available for |
|
|
|
securities to be |
|
|
|
|
|
|
future issuance under |
|
|
|
issued upon |
|
|
|
|
|
equity compensation |
|
|
|
exercise of |
|
|
Weighted average exercise |
|
|
plans (excluding |
|
|
|
outstanding options, |
|
|
price of outstanding options, |
|
|
securities reflected in |
|
|
|
warrants and rights |
|
|
warrants and rights |
|
|
column (a)) |
|
Plan category |
|
(a) |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
|
Equity
compensation plans
approved by
security holders
(1) |
|
|
805,805 |
|
|
$ |
11.99 |
|
|
|
208,815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
805,805 |
|
|
$ |
11.99 |
|
|
|
208,815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists entirely of common shares authorized for issuance under the SFA Plan and
the 2009 Performance Incentive Plan. |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following
table sets forth certain information as of March 1, 2011 as to shares of Common
Stock beneficially owned by (i) each person who is known by the Company to own
beneficially more
than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each of the Companys directors,
(iii) each of the Companys
named executive officers and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the
Company as a group.
Ownership information is based upon information furnished by the respective individuals or
entities, as the case may be. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each beneficial
owner listed on the table is c/o Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., 1501
Farm Credit Drive,
Suite 2300, McLean, VA 22102. In addition, Shares issuable pursuant to options or
other convertible
securities which may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2011 are deemed to be
issued and
outstanding and have been treated as outstanding in calculating the beneficial ownership and
percentage ownership of those persons possessing such interest, but not for any other individuals.
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable |
|
|
Total Shares |
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within 60 |
|
|
Beneficially |
|
|
Shares |
|
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Common |
|
|
Days |
|
|
Owned |
|
|
Owned(1) |
|
5% stockholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contego Systems LLC |
|
|
3,803,274 |
(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,803,274 |
|
|
|
41.14 |
% |
1501 Farm Credit Drive
Suite 2300
McLean, VA 22102-5011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ameriprise Financial, Inc. |
|
|
963,166 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
963,166 |
|
|
|
10.42 |
% |
145 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC |
|
|
470,780 |
(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
470,780 |
|
|
|
5.09 |
% |
90 Hudson Street
Jersey City, NJ 07302 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John J. Devine |
|
|
11,120 |
(5) |
|
|
6,257 |
|
|
|
17,377 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Jacques Gansler |
|
|
6,845 |
(5) |
|
|
6,257 |
|
|
|
13,102 |
|
|
|
* |
|
John Hillen |
|
|
78,000 |
(6) |
|
|
80,000 |
|
|
|
158,000 |
|
|
|
1.71 |
% |
Ronald C. Jones |
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
3.89 |
% |
Damian Perl |
|
|
3,803,274 |
(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,803,274 |
|
|
|
41.14 |
% |
Eric S. Rangen |
|
|
6,845 |
(5) |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
9,345 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Thomas Wilson |
|
|
10,395 |
(5) |
|
|
6,257 |
|
|
|
16,652 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Joseph M. Cormier |
|
|
47,009 |
(8) |
|
|
12,500 |
|
|
|
59,509 |
|
|
|
* |
|
James P. Allen |
|
|
109,869 |
(9) |
|
|
18,216 |
|
|
|
128,085 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
% |
Alexander Drew |
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,336 |
|
|
|
38,336 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Timothy Jones |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,394 |
|
|
|
21,394 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Directors and executive officers as a group
(12 persons) |
|
|
4,336,352 |
|
|
|
197,628 |
|
|
|
4,533,980 |
|
|
|
48.02 |
% |
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents less than 1% of our outstanding Common Stock |
|
(1) |
|
The percentage of outstanding Shares owned is calculated by taking the number of
Shares reflected in the column titled Total Shares Beneficially Owned divided by
9,243,812, the total number of Shares outstanding as of March 1, 2011, plus the number
of options for such person or group reflected in the column titled Options Currently
Exercisable or Exercisable Within 60 Days. |
|
(2) |
|
This information is based upon information included in a Schedule 13G filed with
the SEC on February 16, 2010 by Contego Systems LLC (Contego), Kende Holding kft
(Kende), Global Strategies Group Holding, S.A. (GLOBAL) and Damian Perl, one of our
Directors, as a group. Contego is wholly owned and managed by Kende, which is located at
Zichy Jeno U. 4, Budapest, K5 1066. Kende is 99.98% owned and controlled by GLOBAL,
which is located at 15 Boulevard Roosevelt, Luxembourg, L-2450. GLOBAL is controlled by
Damian Perl, who shares an address with Contego. According to the filing, each of these
entities holds shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to all of
these Shares. |
|
(3) |
|
This information is based upon information included in a Schedule 13G/A filed
with the SEC on February 11, 2011 by Ameriprise Financial, Inc. According to the filing,
the Shares beneficially owned by Ameriprise Financial, Inc. were acquired by its
subsidiary Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, which is located at 100 Federal
St., Boston, MA 02110. Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and Columbia Management Investment
Advisers, LLC share dispositive power with respect to all of these Shares. |
|
(4) |
|
This information is based upon information included in a Schedule 13G filed with
the SEC on February 14, 2011 by Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC. According to the filing, the
Shares beneficially owned by Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC are held on behalf of investment
advisory clients. Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC reported holding sole voting power with respect
to 393,480 of these Shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 470,780 of these
Shares. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes 5,564 restricted Shares. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 63,334 restricted Shares and 4,000 Shares owned indirectly by Hillen
Family Trust. |
|
(7) |
|
These shares are owned by Contego. Contego is wholly owned and managed by Kende.
Kende is 99.98% owned and controlled by GLOBAL, which is controlled by Mr. Perl. As a
result, Mr. Perl has shared voting and investment power as to the Shares. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes 35,000 restricted Shares and 3,500 Shares owned indirectly by Joanne
Mahoney Living Trust. |
|
(9) |
|
Mr. Allen has sole voting and investment power over 36,432 Shares and shared
voting and investment power over 73,437 Shares, which are held by the Allen Family Trust
in a brokerage margin account and as such have been pledged as security for the account. |
56
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons
The Audit Committee is charged with monitoring and reviewing related party transactions. The
Audit Committee has adopted a written policy for reviewing the material facts of any transactions
with related parties and either approving or disapproving the entry into such transactions. In
determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee takes into account,
among other factors it deems appropriate, (i) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable
than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar
circumstances and the extent of the related partys interest in the transaction, (ii) whether the
transaction would impair the independence of a director, (iii) whether the transaction would
present an improper conflict of interest for the related party and (iv) whether the transaction
requires public disclosure and the anticipated public perception of the public disclosure.
Transactions with Related Persons
Services to GLOBAL and its affiliates
Global Strategies Group (North America) Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
(GNA), provided payroll and benefits administration services to Global Strategies Group
(Integrated Security), Inc., an entity controlled by GLOBAL (GIS), through June 30, 2010. The
agreement expired in July 2010. At December 31, 2010, GIS owed GNA $0.2 million for medical claims
incurred in 2010.
Contracting Relationships
Subcontracting and support services provided to GIS by GNA
In 2008, we entered into a subcontracting agreement with GIS, pursuant to which we provide
command and control and intelligence services to GIS. The agreement is set to expire on June 30,
2011. Revenue for all services to GIS for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.6 million.
Subcontracting services provided to Global Strategies Group (Middle East) FZE by GNA
During 2010, GNA provided sales, support and consulting services to Global Strategies Group
(Middle East) FZE, an entity controlled by GLOBAL (GAE). Revenue for subcontracting services to
GAE for the year ended December 31, 2010 was less than $0.1 million.
On June 24, 2009, GNA entered into a preferred supplier services framework agreement with GAE.
Under the agreement, we have granted GAE a right of first refusal to perform on any subcontracts
where GNA is the prime contractor for services related to defense and security, as set forth in the
agreement, performed outside of the United States. To date, no subcontracting agreements have been
entered into pursuant to this agreement.
Trademark License
We have entered into a trademark license agreement, dated September 29, 2009, with GLOBAL
whereby we have been granted a non-exclusive worldwide license to use the GLOBAL name and logo. We
will pay royalties of $1 to GLOBAL in relation to our use of the GLOBAL name and logo. The
agreement can be terminated by GLOBAL upon 12 months prior written notice.
Registration Rights
Contego Systems LLC and Ronald C. Jones have registration rights with respect to the Shares
they hold. According to the terms of a registration rights agreement, Contego Systems LLC is
entitled to demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights and Ronald Jones is entitled to
piggyback registration rights.
57
Director Independence
The GTEC Board has determined that Dr. Gansler and each of Messrs. Devine, Rangen and Wilson
is an independent director within the meaning of Rule 5605(a)(2) of The NASDAQ Global Market.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
RELATIONSHIP WITH INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has served as our independent registered public accounting firm
from 2007 to the present. The Audit Committee approves in advance all fees paid to and services
provided by PwC. In addition, the Audit Committee has considered those services provided by PwC and
has determined that such services are compatible with maintaining the independence of PwC. During
2010 and 2009, we retained PwC to provide services in the following categories and amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Audit Fees(1) |
|
$ |
462,000 |
|
|
$ |
966,431 |
|
Audit-Related Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Fees(2) |
|
|
247,500 |
|
|
|
197,121 |
|
All Other Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
709,500 |
|
|
$ |
1,163,552 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In 2009, audit fees included services in connection with our initial public
offering totaling $657,810. |
|
(2) |
|
Tax fees consist of fees paid to PwC for professional services rendered for tax
compliance, tax advice, and tax planning. |
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Under its charter, the Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit and non-audit services
provided by PwC. For 2010 to date, the Audit Committee has approved PwCs providing the following
non-audit services: (a) preparation of the Company 2009 tax returns provided that the aggregate
amount paid to PwC for such services does not exceed $73,500; (b) tax consulting and advisory
services, provided that the aggregate amount paid to PwC for such services does not exceed
$155,000; and (c) review of executive employment agreements provided that the aggregate amount paid
to PwC for such services does not exceed $19,000.
Subject to the de minimus exception described below, once the pre-approved dollar limit for
the applicable non-audit service has been reached, no additional services of that type can be
provided by PwC without further approval by the Audit Committee. The pre-approval requirements are
waived with respect to the provision of services (other than prohibited services) by PwC for the
Company if the aggregate amount of all such services provided to the Company which have not been
subsequently approved by the Audit Committee or by the Chairman of the Audit Committee constitutes
not more than five percent of the total amount of revenues paid by the Company to PwC during the
fiscal year in which such services are provided. The Audit Committee has concluded that PwCs
providing these permissible non-audit services up to the aggregate pre-approved amounts would not
compromise PwCs independence. The Audit Committee may approve PwCs providing additional non-audit
services or services in excess of the amounts specified above if it determines that it is in our
best interest and that PwCs independence would not be compromised. All audit and non-audit
services provided to the Company by PwC for the 2010 fiscal year are described in the Relationship
With Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm section above.
58
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) |
|
The following documents are filed as a part of this annual report on Form 10-K: |
|
(1) |
|
All financial statements |
|
(2) |
|
Financial statement schedules are omitted as the required information is either
not applicable or is included in our audited financial statements. |
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 13, 2010, by and among Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., Zytel
Corporation and Peter K. Krusell (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated December 17, 2010, by and among Global Defense Technology &
Systems, Inc., Signature Government Solutions, LLC and Signature Consultants, L.L.C. (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
+ |
|
SFA, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
+ |
|
Form of SFA, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan Agreement (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
+ |
|
2009 Performance Incentive Plan (5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
+ |
|
Amendments to the 2009 Performance Incentive Plan (6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
+ |
|
Form of 2009 Performance Incentive Option Plan Agreement (6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5 |
+ |
|
Form of 2009 Performance Incentive Restricted Stock Agreement (6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.6 |
+ |
|
Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
GSA Schedule Contract No. GS-35F-0344L awarded to The Analysis Corp., with related purchase orders for the
Department of Justice contract (7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
TWPS Contract No. DAAE07-02-DT001, dated February 6, 2002, by and between SFA, Inc. and U.S. Army TACOM, as
amended (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Aberdeen Contract No. W91CRB06D0054, dated August 31, 2006, by and between SFA, Inc. and U.S. Army, as amended (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
Field Feeding System Contract No. W911QY-05-D0004, dated April 15, 2005, by and between SFA, Inc. and the U.S.
Army, as amended (7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
Preferred Supplier Services Framework Agreement, dated June 24, 2009 by and between Global Strategies Group
(North America) Inc. and Global Strategies Group (Middle East) FZE (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
+ |
|
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Services Agreement dated June 17, 2009 by and between GSG Holding (United Kingdom) Limited and Contego Newco
Company (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Subcontract No. GMS-2117-08-02-001, dated December 13, 2008 by and between Global Strategies Group (Integrated
Securities), Inc. and Global Strategies Group (North America) Inc. (4) |
59
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Trademark License Agreement dated September 29, 2009 by and between Global Strategies Group Holding, S.A. and
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc. (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Security Control Agreement, dated September 16, 2010, by and among Global Strategies Group Holding SA, Kende
Holding Vagyonkezelo kft, Contego Systems LLC, Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc. and the United States
Department of Defense (8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
First Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2010, by and among Global
Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., Global Strategies Group (North America) Inc., The Analysis Corp. and GTEC
Cyber Solutions, Inc., as Borrowers, the Lenders party thereto, SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent for the
Lenders, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Book Manager and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
as Joint Lead Arranger (9) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into by and among Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., Contego
Systems LLC and Ronald Jones (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
+ |
|
Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and among Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., Global
Strategies Group (North America) Inc. and John F. Hillen, III (10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
+ |
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 21, 2009, by and between Global Strategies Group (North America) Inc.
and Kirk Herdman (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
+ |
|
Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and among Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., Global
Strategies Group (North America) Inc. and Ronald C. Jones (10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
+ |
|
Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2010, by and among Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc., Global
Strategies Group (North America) Inc. and Chief Financial Officer Joseph M. Cormier (8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Preferability Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (11) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 7, 2010 (File No.
001-34551) |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2010 (File No.
001-34551) |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 5, 2010 (File
No. 001-34551) |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with Amendment
No. 1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed
October 7, 2009 (File No. 333-161719) |
60
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with the
Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed November 25,
2009 (File No. 333-163346) |
|
(6) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 4, 2010
(File No. 001-34551) |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with Amendment
No. 4 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed
November 5, 2009 (File No. 333-161719) |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 16, 2010 (File No.
001-34551) |
|
(8) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with the
Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 5, 2010
(File No. 001-34551) |
|
(9) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 14, 2010 (File No.
001-34551) |
|
(10) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 1, 2010 (File
No. 001-34551) |
|
(11) |
|
Included with this filing |
|
+ |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan. |
61
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 11, 2011 |
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc.
|
|
|
/s/ John Hillen
|
|
|
John Hillen |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date
indicated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of John
Hillen and Joseph M. Cormier as his attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this annual
report on Form 10-K and to file same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such filing and hereby
ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes may do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John Hillen
John Hillen
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Joseph M. Cormier
Joseph M. Cormier
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas R. Wilson
Thomas R. Wilson
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ronald C. Jones
Ronald C. Jones
|
|
Director
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John J. Devine
John J. Devine
|
|
Director
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jacques S. Gansler
Jacques S. Gansler
|
|
Director
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Damian Perl
Damian Perl
|
|
Director
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eric S. Rangen
Eric S. Rangen
|
|
Director
|
|
March 11, 2011 |
62
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Statements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated
statements of operations, of changes in stockholders equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc. (the
Company) and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of
these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
McLean, VA
March 11, 2011
F-2
GLOBAL DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
566 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
85,769 |
|
|
|
50,691 |
|
Due from affiliates |
|
|
501 |
|
|
|
1,109 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
|
1,238 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
552 |
|
|
|
324 |
|
Income taxes receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,543 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
88,638 |
|
|
|
56,912 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
3,917 |
|
|
|
3,441 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
31,215 |
|
|
|
21,268 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
83,593 |
|
|
|
24,373 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
4,406 |
|
|
|
6,295 |
|
Indemnification asset |
|
|
1,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
808 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
214,279 |
|
|
$ |
112,511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
25,192 |
|
|
$ |
13,040 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
10,836 |
|
|
|
9,521 |
|
Advance payments on contracts |
|
|
515 |
|
|
|
517 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
36,962 |
|
|
|
23,184 |
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
307 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
Uncertain tax position |
|
|
1,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans, net of current |
|
|
79,605 |
|
|
|
3,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
118,576 |
|
|
|
27,159 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5, 8 and 16) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share,
90,000,000
shares authorized and 9,146,812 and 9,051,812
shares issued and outstanding, respectively |
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
89,776 |
|
|
|
88,178 |
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) |
|
|
5,836 |
|
|
|
(2,917 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
95,703 |
|
|
|
85,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
214,279 |
|
|
$ |
112,511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(See Accompanying Notes)
F-3
GLOBAL DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Products |
|
$ |
127,078 |
|
|
$ |
122,457 |
|
|
$ |
108,993 |
|
Services |
|
|
105,591 |
|
|
|
90,388 |
|
|
|
80,433 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
232,669 |
|
|
|
212,845 |
|
|
|
189,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue products |
|
|
104,764 |
|
|
|
100,165 |
|
|
|
91,076 |
|
Cost of revenue services |
|
|
88,042 |
|
|
|
75,066 |
|
|
|
65,195 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
21,726 |
|
|
|
24,861 |
|
|
|
16,957 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
8,356 |
|
|
|
8,841 |
|
Impairment of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
|
218,286 |
|
|
|
208,448 |
|
|
|
184,516 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
14,383 |
|
|
|
4,397 |
|
|
|
4,910 |
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(477 |
) |
|
|
(1,849 |
) |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
13,918 |
|
|
|
2,555 |
|
|
|
2,200 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
(5,165 |
) |
|
|
(1,286 |
) |
|
|
(1,138 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
8,753 |
|
|
$ |
1,269 |
|
|
$ |
1,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.97 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
9,056,196 |
|
|
|
6,341,079 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
9,156,879 |
|
|
|
6,440,301 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
(See Accompanying Notes)
F-4
GLOBAL DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings / |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par |
|
|
Additional Paid- |
|
|
(Accumulated |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Issued |
|
|
Value |
|
|
in Capital |
|
|
Deficit) |
|
|
Equity |
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
60 |
|
|
$ |
47,090 |
|
|
$ |
(5,248 |
) |
|
$ |
41,902 |
|
Share based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435 |
|
Cash distribution for vested options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(270 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(270 |
) |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
47,255 |
|
|
|
(4,186 |
) |
|
|
43,129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of shares from public offering, net of
offering costs |
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
34,296 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,326 |
|
Issuance of shares to management |
|
|
36,432 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
620 |
|
Issuance of restricted shares to directors |
|
|
15,380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
Share based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,134 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,134 |
|
Excess tax benefit share based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,871 |
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,269 |
|
|
|
1,269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
9,051,812 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
88,178 |
|
|
|
(2,917 |
) |
|
|
85,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729 |
|
Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
488 |
|
Issuance of restricted shares to management |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180 |
|
Excess tax benefit share based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201 |
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,753 |
|
|
|
8,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
|
|
9,146,812 |
|
|
$ |
91 |
|
|
$ |
89,776 |
|
|
$ |
5,836 |
|
|
$ |
95,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(See Accompanying Notes)
F-5
GLOBAL DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
8,753 |
|
|
$ |
1,269 |
|
|
$ |
1,062 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
1,059 |
|
|
|
1,005 |
|
|
|
996 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
8,356 |
|
|
|
11,288 |
|
Equity-based compensation |
|
|
909 |
|
|
|
4,757 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
Loss on disposition of property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Gain from change in fair value of interest rate swap |
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
128 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(257 |
) |
|
|
(1,233 |
) |
|
|
(2,111 |
) |
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(24,694 |
) |
|
|
(12,298 |
) |
|
|
(82 |
) |
Due to/from affiliates |
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
(1,055 |
) |
|
|
(61 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
(383 |
) |
|
|
96 |
|
Income taxes receivable/payable |
|
|
4,251 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
(1,834 |
) |
Excess tax benefit share based compensation |
|
|
(289 |
) |
|
|
(1,871 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
10,812 |
|
|
|
4,453 |
|
|
|
812 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
(2,111 |
) |
|
|
1,860 |
|
Accrued interest on loans from affiliates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,079 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
Advance payments on contracts |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(4,038 |
) |
|
|
(4,497 |
) |
Deferred rent |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
|
5,153 |
|
|
|
(2,037 |
) |
|
|
8,437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
|
|
(79,247 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(1,192 |
) |
|
|
(1,071 |
) |
|
|
(602 |
) |
Recovery from acquisition escrow |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(80,439 |
) |
|
|
(1,071 |
) |
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock issuance net offering costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,326 |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit share based compensation |
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
1,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
Payments under term loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,600 |
) |
|
|
(3,600 |
) |
Net borrowings (payments) under revolving line of credit |
|
|
75,919 |
|
|
|
(4,898 |
) |
|
|
238 |
|
Payments under loans from affiliates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,909 |
) |
|
|
(3,517 |
) |
Distribution for vested options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(270 |
) |
Payments of financing costs |
|
|
(851 |
) |
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options |
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances to affiliates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
75,845 |
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
(7,167 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
559 |
|
|
|
(1,415 |
) |
|
|
1,143 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1,422 |
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
|
$ |
566 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
1,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes |
|
$ |
1,015 |
|
|
$ |
2,861 |
|
|
$ |
5,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
477 |
|
|
$ |
2,577 |
|
|
$ |
2,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(See Accompanying Notes)
F-6
GLOBAL DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
1. Organization and Business Overview
Basis of Presentation
Global Defense Technology & Systems, Inc. (GTEC or the Company) is a diversified technology
and engineering services firm that provides mission-critical technology-based systems, solutions
and services for national security agencies and programs of the U.S. government.
In 2006, the Companys former indirect parent, Global Strategies Group Holding, S.A. (GLOBAL),
formed Contego Systems Inc. (Contego) and Global Technology Strategies, Inc. for the purpose of
commencing technology operations in the U.S. On February 9, 2007, Global Technology Strategies,
Inc. acquired all of the outstanding stock of SFA, Inc. and its subsidiary, The Analysis Corp.
(TAC), collectively, SFA. Subsequent to the SFA acquisition, SFA was renamed Global Strategies
Group (North America) Inc. (GNA), and Global Technology Strategies, Inc. was renamed Global
Strategies Group Holding (North America) Inc. (GNA Holding). On December 31, 2008, as part of a
restructuring, (i) the Company was formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of Contego under the name
Contego NewCo Company, as a Delaware corporation, (ii) Contego transferred all of its assets to the
Company, which also assumed all of Contegos liabilities and (iii) Contego was converted into
Contego Systems LLC. In July 2009, the Company changed its name to Global Defense Technology &
Systems, Inc.
On November 19, 2009, the Company effected a 60,000-for-1 stock split for its authorized,
issued and outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, on November 19, 2009, GNA Holding
merged with and into GNA and the Company assumed all options previously granted pursuant to the SFA
Plan. The assumption of the SFA Plan options by the Company resulted in an adjustment to the number
of shares issuable upon exercise of those options on an approximate 18.216-to-1 basis in order to
achieve a value-for-value exchange, and did not result in any incremental stock based compensation.
The 18.216-to-1 ratio reflects the proportion of the 6,000,000 shares of common stock of the
Company to the 329,378 shares of common stock of GNA outstanding at the time of the stock split.
All shares of common stock and SFA Plan options presented in the consolidated financial statements
and the notes to the consolidated financial statements give effect to the stock split and stock
option assumption effected on November 19, 2009.
The Company raised $62,877 through its initial public offering which closed November 25, 2009
through the issuance of 3,000,000 shares and selling 1,600,000 shares by existing owners, with an
additional 236,726 shares sold to our underwriters through their overallotment option. Priced at
$13.00 per share, the net proceeds from the offering provided the Company with $36,270, before
other offering-related expenses of $1,944.
Our financial statements also include the results of operations from our recent acquisitions.
On October 1, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Zytel Corporation, now known as GTEC Cyber
Solutions, Inc. (CS). On December 18, 2010, GTEC completed the acquisition of Signature Government
Solutions, LLC, now known as GTEC Assured IT, LLC (AIT). GNA, TAC, CS, and AIT are the operating
subsidiaries of GTEC.
The consolidated financial statements also include the historical results of Contego which
consists of general and administrative expense incurred on behalf of GNA, for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Nature of Operations
The Companys offerings include cyber security systems and operations, software engineering
services, network and communications management technology, decision support systems for command
and control, maritime navigation systems, counter-terrorism intelligence and analysis, data
analysis and fusion tools, identifying management solutions and providing innovative expeditionary
systems to support troop mobility and survivability worldwide. We derived 82.7%, 87.5%, and 82.0%
of our revenue as a prime contractor for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Department of Defense provided 71.1%, 75.0%, and 74.2% of total revenue for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Department of Homeland Security
and the Intelligence Community provided 28.9%, 25.0%, and 25.8% of total revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
F-7
Revenue Recognition
Primarily all of the Companys revenue is derived from products and services provided to the
U.S. government, primarily by Company employees and, to a lesser extent, subcontractors. The
Company generates its revenue from three different types of contractual arrangements: fixed-price
contracts, time-and-materials contracts, and cost-plus contracts.
Revenue for fixed-price contracts is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method using
costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs, because these contracts require design,
engineering, and manufacturing performed to the customers specifications. Profits on fixed-price
contracts result from the difference between the incurred costs and the revenue earned.
Revenue for time-and-materials contracts is recognized as services are performed, generally on
the basis of contract allowable labor hours worked multiplied by the contract defined billing
rates, plus the direct costs and indirect cost burdens associated with materials and other direct
expenses incurred in performance on the contract. Profits on time-and-material contracts result
from the difference between the cost of services performed inclusive of labor, direct costs,
indirect cost burdens, and other direct expenses and the contract-defined billing rates for these
services.
Revenue on cost-plus contracts is recognized as services are performed, generally, based on
the allowable costs incurred during the period, plus any recognizable earned fee.
The use of the percentage-of-completion method requires significant judgment relative to
estimating total contract revenue and costs, including assumptions relative to the length of time
to complete the project, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, and anticipated
changes in estimated salaries and other costs.
Due to the size and nature of many of the Companys contracts, the determination of total
revenue and cost at completion requires the use of estimates. Contract costs include material,
labor and subcontracting costs, as well as an allocation of allowable indirect costs. For contract
change orders, claims or similar items, the Company applies judgment in estimating the amounts and
assessing the potential for realization. These amounts are only included in the contract value when
they can be reliably estimated and realization is considered probable.
With regard to claims, revenue is only recognized when settlement on the value of any claim is
agreed upon with the customer. Incentive and award payments are included in estimated revenue using
the percentage-of-completion method when the realization of such amounts is deemed probable upon
achievement of certain defined goals.
Estimates of total contract revenue and costs are continuously monitored during the term
of contract and are subject to revision as the contract progresses. When revisions in estimated
contract revenue and costs are determined, the cumulative effect of such adjustments are recorded
in the period in which they are identified.
Anticipated losses on contracts are recognized in the period they are deemed probable and can
be reasonably estimated.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at face amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The
Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount that it estimates to be
sufficient to cover the risk of collecting less than full payment on receivables. At each balance
sheet date the Company reevaluates its receivables, including receivables that are past due, and
reassesses the allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific customer collection issues as well
as historical write-off trends. Since the majority of the Companys receivables result from
services provided to the U.S. government, the Company believes the credit risk to be relatively
low.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost except those assets acquired through acquisition
which are recorded at fair value. Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis
over their estimated useful lives, which range from three to ten years for property and equipment.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful lives of
the leasehold improvements.
Long-Lived Assets (Excluding Goodwill)
A review of long-lived assets for impairment is performed when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an indication
of impairment is present, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be
generated by the asset group to its carrying amount. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less
than the carrying amount of the asset group, the Company records an impairment loss equal to the
excess of the assets carrying amount over its fair value. Any write-downs are treated as permanent
reductions in the carrying amount of the assets. In September 2008 the Company impaired its trade
name intangible asset for the full carrying amount of $2,447 due to the principal operating
subsidiarys name change from SFA to GNA. All long-lived assets are located in the U.S.
F-8
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of contract and customer relationships, backlog, trade names and
acquired technologies. Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the
expected lives of the assets. Acquired in-process research and development costs are expensed at
the acquisition date unless an alternative future use for the asset is identified.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually, utilizing a
two-step methodology. The impairment test requires the Company to estimate the fair value of its
reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of
that reporting unit is potentially impaired, and the Company proceeds to step two of the impairment
analysis. In step two of the impairment analysis, the Company measures and records an impairment
loss equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting units goodwill over its implied
fair value should such a circumstance arise.
We perform a fair value analysis of our reporting units annually or more frequently if a
triggering event occurs. The Company estimates fair value using the best information available,
including market information and discounted cash flow projections also referred to as the income
approach. The income approach uses a reporting units projection of estimated operating results and
cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital that reflects current market
conditions. If goodwill becomes impaired, the Company would record a charge to earnings in the
consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill is
determined.
Historically, our annual impairment review of goodwill had been completed as of December 31.
Effective October 1, 2010, we adopted a new accounting policy whereby our annual impairment review
of goodwill will be performed as of October 1 instead of December 31 of each year. An impairment
analysis of goodwill was last completed as of October 1, 2010 at which time no impairment was
recorded. The change in our annual goodwill impairment testing date was made to better align the
annual goodwill impairment test with the timing of the presentation of the Companys annual
strategic planning process. The change in accounting principle does not delay, accelerate or avoid
an impairment charge. Accordingly, the Company believes that the accounting change described above
is preferable under the circumstances.
Based on the analysis performed, we determined that the estimated fair value of each reporting
unit substantially exceeded its associated carrying value and that no goodwill impairment existed
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in connection with GTEC and our subsidiary,
GNA, entering into various loan agreements (see Note 8), which were being amortized using the
straight-line method, which approximated the effective interest method, over the life of the
related debt.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company believes that the carrying amount of its financial instruments, including cash and
cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value
due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. Borrowings under the loan and security
agreement bear a variable interest rate, and therefore the carrying amount of these borrowings
approximates fair value.
Interest Rate Swap
The Company uses interest rate swap agreements at times to manage certain cash flow risks for
the purpose of reducing the risk associated with the variability of the Companys interest costs.
The Company recognizes the fair value of derivatives in the balance sheet, with changes in the fair
value recognized either in earnings or as a component of other comprehensive income dependent upon
the nature of the derivative.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of authoritative
guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), under which an asset and
liability approach is used for the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases, including net
operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
statutory tax rates applicable to the future years in which the deferred amounts are expected to be
settled or realized. The effect of changes in tax rates is recognized in the provision for income
tax in the period the change in rates is enacted.
A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not
that a tax benefit will not be realized. The assessment for a valuation allowance requires judgment
on the part of management with respect to the benefits that may be realized.
F-9
The calculation of tax liabilities involves judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties
in the application of tax laws. In June 2006, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entitys financial statements and
prescribes a minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being
recognized in the financial statements. The literature also provides guidance on derecognition,
measurement classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition.
For the period February 9, 2007 through December 31, 2009, the Company had no material
unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to liabilities or operations were required. The
Companys practice is to recognize interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions
in Other expense, which were zero through December 31, 2009.
On October 1, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of all outstanding equity interests
in Zytel and recorded an uncertain tax position reserve of $1,686 related to federal and state tax
positions taken since 2006. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to the
uncertain tax positions as a part of Other expense, which were $16 for the year ended December 31,
2010. The Company is indemnified up to $1,850 through the purchase agreement and has recorded an
Indemnification asset for $1,702 as of December 31, 2010. Increases in the indemnification asset
are recorded through Other income, which were $16 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The
indemnification asset is backed by cash held in escrow.
Product Warranties
The Company generally sells products with a limited warranty on product quality and accrues
for known warranty issues if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company also
accrues for estimated incurred but unidentified issues based on historical activity. There were no
significant known claims during the periods presented. In addition, there were no accruals for
incurred but unidentified issues based on the Companys warranty claim history.
Research and Development
The Company regularly performs research and development activities for our clients under
contract. Our clients generally retain the rights to all intellectual property developed under
those contracts. In addition, we also pursue independent research and development activities to
enhance our competitive position. Independent research and development costs are expensed as
incurred. We incurred costs for our independent research and development of $1,026, $1,129, and
$1,280 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company charges equity-based compensation expense for stock awards to its employees based
on the grant-date fair value on a straight line basis over the total requisite service period for
the award.
Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share, or EPS, has been computed by dividing net income available to common
stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each
period. Shares issued for each period and shares reacquired for each period are weighted for the
portion of the period that they were outstanding. The diluted EPS calculation considers the
potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were
exercised or converted into common stock. Shares that are anti-dilutive are not included in the
computation of diluted EPS.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a revised accounting
standard for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The revision: (1) removes the
objective-and-reliable-evidence-of-fair-value criterion from the separation criteria used to
determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of
accounting, (2) provides a hierarchy that entities must use to estimate the selling price, (3)
eliminates the use of the residual method for allocation, and (4) expands the ongoing disclosure
requirements. The revised accounting standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1,
2011, and is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
In October 2009, the FASB issued a revised accounting standard for certain revenue
arrangements that include software elements. Under the revised standard, tangible products that
contain both software and non-software components that work together to deliver a products
essential functionality are excluded from the scope of pre-existing software revenue recognition
standards. In addition, hardware components of a tangible product containing software components
are excluded from the scope of software revenue recognition standards. The revised accounting
standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2011, and is not expected to have a
material impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
F-10
3. Accounts Receivable
The following table details accounts receivable, which consist of billed and unbilled amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Billed |
|
$ |
18,145 |
|
|
$ |
14,842 |
|
Unbilled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Billable |
|
|
46,093 |
|
|
|
13,288 |
|
Revenues in excess of billing milestones and other |
|
|
21,634 |
|
|
|
22,668 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total unbilled |
|
|
67,727 |
|
|
|
35,956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts receivable |
|
|
85,872 |
|
|
|
50,798 |
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
(107 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts receivable, net |
|
$ |
85,769 |
|
|
$ |
50,691 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All accounts receivable are expected to be collected within one year from the balance
sheet date.
The following table reflects the activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Write-offs, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of |
|
|
Costs and |
|
|
Net of |
|
|
Balance at End |
|
Description |
|
Period |
|
|
Expenses |
|
|
Recoveries |
|
|
of Period |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period ended December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
107 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
103 |
|
Period ended December 31, 2009 |
|
|
412 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
Period ended December 31, 2008 |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
369 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
412 |
|
4. Accrued Expenses
The following table details accrued expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit Sharing Accruals |
|
$ |
1,283 |
|
|
$ |
1,552 |
|
Accrued Leave |
|
|
2,689 |
|
|
|
2,007 |
|
Payroll Accruals |
|
|
3,865 |
|
|
|
2,907 |
|
Bonus Accruals |
|
|
2,453 |
|
|
|
2,294 |
|
Other Accruals |
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued expenses |
|
$ |
10,836 |
|
|
$ |
9,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Property and Equipment
The following table details property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and software |
|
$ |
4,160 |
|
|
$ |
3,070 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
725 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
2,244 |
|
|
|
2,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property and equipment |
|
|
7,213 |
|
|
|
5,953 |
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(3,296 |
) |
|
|
(2,512 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
3,917 |
|
|
$ |
3,441 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $792, $915 and
$928, respectively.
F-11
6. Intangible Assets
The following table details intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
$ |
38,400 |
|
|
$ |
25,400 |
|
Less: Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(9,932 |
) |
|
|
(7,303 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,468 |
|
|
|
18,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract backlog |
|
$ |
17,050 |
|
|
|
16,400 |
|
Less: Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(16,464 |
) |
|
|
(15,717 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
586 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed technologies |
|
$ |
3,492 |
|
|
|
3,492 |
|
Less: Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(1,353 |
) |
|
|
(1,004 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,139 |
|
|
|
2,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
31,215 |
|
|
$ |
21,268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets are being amortized over the following useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
Useful Lives |
Customer relationships
|
|
10 15 years |
Contract backlog
|
|
1 3 years |
Trade name
|
|
1 year |
Developed technologies
|
|
10 years |
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $3,754, $8,356
and $8,841, respectively.
As discussed in Note 2, the trade name intangible asset was impaired in September 2008. Future
amortization expense related to intangible assets is expected to be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
4,370 |
|
2012 |
|
|
3,756 |
|
2013 |
|
|
3,756 |
|
2014 |
|
|
3,756 |
|
2015 |
|
|
3,756 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
11,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
31,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
7. Leases
The Company leases office space in multiple locations and equipment under operating leases
with various expiration dates through fiscal year 2016.
Minimum future lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
3,145 |
|
2012 |
|
|
2,411 |
|
2013 |
|
|
1,910 |
|
2014 |
|
|
1,381 |
|
2015 |
|
|
1,399 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,715 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company incurred rent expense of $4,067, $3,844 and $3,527 for the years ended December
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
8. Bank Loans and Loans from Affiliates
Bank Loans:
The Company, through its subsidiary GNA, entered into a loan and security agreement on
February 9, 2007 for a credit facility which included a term loan for $18,000 and a revolving
credit facility with an available capacity of $29,000, including a $16,500 swingline commitment. On
September 3, 2009, the loan and security agreement was amended to extend its maturity date to
February 28, 2011. The borrowings under the credit facility accrued interest based on the
applicable interest rate, which the Company elected to be the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable
margin, as determined by the Funded Debt Ratio. Prior to the amendment, the applicable margin was
1.8% to 3.0% for the term loan and 1.6% to 3.0% for the revolving credit facility. As a result of
the amendment, the applicable margin was 2.4% to 3.2% for borrowings under our term loan and 2.2%
to 3.0% for borrowings under our revolving line of credit, subject to a minimum interest rate of
3.0%. The outstanding indebtedness under the loan agreement was collateralized by substantially
all of the assets of GNA.
GNA was required to meet certain financial and other covenants, including but not limited to,
a Minimum Net Worth test, a Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio and a Maximum Funded Debt Ratio, as
defined in the loan and security agreement. GNA was in compliance with all such debt covenants for
the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
On February 3, 2010, the Company together with its subsidiaries (collectively as Borrowers)
and its existing lender amended the September 3, 2009 credit facility with a revolving credit
facility of up to $50,000, including a swingline facility of up to $10,000 and the extension of
letters of credit up to an aggregate of $2,500. The facility was scheduled to terminate on January
31, 2013. All borrowings continued to be collateralized by substantially all of the Companys
assets. The borrowings under the credit facility accrued interest based on the applicable interest
rate, which the Company elected to be the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin, as determined by
the Funded Debt Ratio. A LIBOR loan bears interest at a rate equal to the one-, two-, three- or
six-month LIBOR plus the applicable margin of 2.50%. The Funded Debt Ratio is the ratio of debt to
Adjusted EBITDA for the Borrowers and their subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. This facility
also required that the Company continue to comply with certain affirmative and restrictive
covenants that are similar to those in the Companys credit facility discussed above.
On December 10, 2010, the Company together with its subsidiaries (collectively as Borrowers)
amended the February 3, 2010 credit facility with a new credit facility of up to $100,000,
including a swingline facility of up to $10,000 and the extension of letters of credit up to an
aggregate of $2,500. Subject to certain conditions, from time to time the Borrowers may request
that the size of the revolving credit facility be increased up to $140,000. The revolving credit
facility matures on December 10, 2013. The new agreement included our existing lender and added new
lenders. Loans under the revolving facility will take the form of, at the Companys election, an
index rate loan, a base rate loan, or a LIBOR loan, with the interest rate determined by the form
of the loan, plus an applicable margin. Loans under the swingline facility will be index rate
loans. At the outset of the Loan Agreement, the applicable margin will be (a) 3.25% for LIBOR loans
under the revolving facility and for index rate loans under either of the revolving or swingline
facilities or (b) 2.25% for base rate loans under the revolving facility, in each case to be
adjusted quarterly based on the Borrowers total leverage ratio. The maximum applicable margin is
3.50%. The total leverage ratio is the ratio of debt to EBITDA, adjusted as applicable, for the
Borrowers and their subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Loans made under the agreement are
collateralized by a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers assets.
The new agreement contains, as did the previous agreements, certain (a) restrictive covenants,
including, but not limited to, restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens,
on the ability to make certain payments and investments, and the ability to enter into certain
merger, consolidation, asset sale and affiliate transactions and (b) financial maintenance
covenants,
including, but not limited to, a level of minimum net worth, a level of minimum EBITDA, a
maximum total leverage ratio, and a minimum fixed charges coverage ratio. The new loan agreement
also contains representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default,
including certain cross defaults with any other indebtedness held by a Borrower, customary for an
agreement of its type. As is customary, certain events of default could result in an acceleration
of the Companys obligations under the Loan Agreement. The Company was in compliance with all
covenants as of December 31, 2010.
F-13
Interest expense incurred under the loan agreements for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008 was $477, $801 and $1,320, respectively.
Loans from Affiliates:
On February 8, 2007, the Company, through GNA Holding, entered into a demand note agreement
(the Kende Note) with Kende Holding Vagyonkezelo Felelossegu Tarsasag, which we refer to as
Kende, Contego Systems LLCs direct parent, in the amount of $26,000 at a fixed rate of 8% per
annum in order to fund part of the purchase price of SFA.
In addition, in connection with the restructuring described in Note 1 the Company assumed
Contegos demand notes payable to affiliates of GLOBAL (Other Affiliate Loans) of $883. Interest
on the other affiliate loans accrues quarterly based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% determined as
of the beginning of each calendar quarter.
Upon completion of our Initial Public Offering in November 2009, the Company repaid all
outstanding loans from affiliates and the term loan.
Interest expense incurred under the loans from affiliates for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 was $1,048 and $1,430, respectively.
The balances on bank loans and loans from affiliates and weighted average interest rates
are summarized in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
Balance |
|
|
Rate |
|
|
Balance |
|
|
Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving line of credit |
|
$ |
79,605 |
|
|
|
3.51 |
% |
|
$ |
3,686 |
|
|
|
3.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
79,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less current portion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
79,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The future minimum scheduled principal payments due as of December 31, 2010 for the
outstanding revolving line of credit, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
|
|
2012 |
|
|
|
|
2013 |
|
|
79,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
79,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
9. Interest Rate Swap
In 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, which expired on February
9, 2010, with a notional balance of $6,300 to offset the fluctuation in future interest payments on
a portion of its variable rate debt. Under the interest rate swap agreement, the Company paid a
fixed rate of 4.91% quarterly on the principal balance as determined by the agreement in exchange
for an amount based on the three-month LIBOR rate. The fair value of the interest rate swap
agreement represented a current liability of $106 at December 31, 2009 in the consolidated balance
sheets. The change in fair value of the interest rate swap agreement for the years ended December
31, 2009 and 2008 was $(166) and $128, respectively. The change in fair value is reflected in
interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The interest rate swap was valued based upon observable inputs including the consideration of
non-performance risk associated with the derivative liability.
F-14
The following table presents the Companys fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At |
|
|
|
Level 1 |
|
|
Level 2 |
|
|
Level 3 |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
106 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Acquisitions
On October 1, 2010, GTEC acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Zytel Corporation (now
known as GTEC Cyber Solutions, Inc. or Cyber Solutions) for $27,482, which includes a $682 working
capital adjustment. The acquisition was funded with $8,558 of cash on-hand and from GTECs senior
revolving credit facility. Out of the purchase price due at closing, $4,530 was placed into escrow
to be used if necessary to satisfy certain indemnification obligations of the selling stockholder.
We have identified certain intangible assets including customer relationships, contract backlog,
and trademarks. A majority of the purchase price was determined to be attributable to goodwill
based on the specialized nature of the workforce. Goodwill for the Zytel transaction is not tax
deductible.
Cyber Solutions, based in the Ft. Meade, Maryland area, is an industry leader in the design,
development and deployment of next generation, net-centric mission solutions that collect, protect,
and analyze vital information in cyberspace, leveraging its core competencies in systems
engineering and architecture, software development and intelligence analysis.
On December 18, 2010, GTEC acquired 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Signature
Government Solutions, LLC (SGS, now known as GTEC Assured IT, LLC or Assured IT) for $53,203, which
includes a $703 working capital adjustment. The acquisition was funded entirely with GTECs senior
revolving credit facility. Out of the purchase price due at closing, $5,250 was placed into escrow
to be used if necessary to satisfy certain indemnification obligations of the seller. We have
identified certain intangible assets including customer relationships and contract backlog. A
majority of the purchase price was determined to be attributable to goodwill based on the
specialized nature of the workforce. The final working capital adjustment is currently open and
will be resolved in the first quarter of 2011. Goodwill for the SGS transaction is tax deductible.
Assured IT, founded in 2003 and headquartered in Herndon, Virginia, delivers sophisticated
information technology, cyber security and intelligence analysis services in support of high
priority mission systems and cyber security programs within the Intelligence Community. All of its
direct employees hold Top Secret/Sensitive Compartmented Information clearances or higher and, in
addition to Northern Virginia, Assured IT has a substantial operation in the Ft. Meade, Maryland
area.
The Zytel and SGS acquisitions (the Acquisitions) have been accounted for as business
combinations under FASB ASC 805, and the purchase prices were allocated to SGS and Zytels assets
and liabilities based on their fair values at the date of each acquisition, with the excess
allocated to goodwill. The Acquisitions are included as a part of our TIS segment.
Customer relationships consisted of acquired contracts that have had a history of renewal upon
recompete and were valued based upon the estimated future cash flows after the contracts future
recompete date. A fifteen year useful life was estimated based upon an analysis of renewal history
for each contract. Contract backlog was valued and a one year useful life was estimated based on
signed agreements representing expected future revenue. A trade name for Zytel was valued based on
the equivalent costs associated with developing it or paying royalties for its use and was
estimated to have a one year life. The fair values for the intangible assets were estimated using
Level 3 assumptions within the fair value hierarchy.
F-15
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in connection with the Acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cyber Solutions |
|
|
Assured IT |
|
Cash |
|
$ |
1,441 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
2,666 |
|
|
|
7,719 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
|
|
4,550 |
|
|
|
9,150 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Indemnification asset |
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
22,183 |
|
|
|
37,037 |
|
Less assumed liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and
accrued expenses |
|
|
(1,713 |
) |
|
|
(807 |
) |
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(1,836 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Uncertain tax position |
|
|
(1,686 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
27,482 |
|
|
$ |
53,203 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated fair value and the weighted average amortization period of each of the
components of the identifiable intangible assets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cyber Solutions |
|
|
Assured IT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Amortization Period |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Amortization Period |
|
Customer relationships |
|
$ |
4,300 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
$ |
8,700 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Contract backlog |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
450 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Trade name |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,550 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
|
|
$ |
9,150 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reflects our changes in goodwill by segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill attributable to the TIS Segment |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Balance as of January 1 |
|
$ |
9,935 |
|
|
$ |
9,935 |
|
Goodwill acquired during the year |
|
|
59,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31 |
|
$ |
69,155 |
|
|
$ |
9,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill attributable to the FMMS Segment |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Balance as of January 1 |
|
$ |
14,438 |
|
|
$ |
14,438 |
|
Goodwill acquired during the year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31 |
|
$ |
14,438 |
|
|
$ |
14,438 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no goodwill impairment losses recorded in 2010 or 2009, and the Company has no
accumulated impairment losses.
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
Unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 that gives
effect to the Acquisitions as if they took place on January 1, 2009. The pro forma adjustments
reflect charges for the amortization of intangibles, interest expense applying our December 31,
2010 applicable interest rate of 3.51% and a provision for income tax at our statutory tax rate of
40%. The amounts of revenue and earnings of SGS and Zytel since their respective acquisition dates
included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 were not
material.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma for the |
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
282,095 |
|
|
$ |
260,504 |
|
Net income |
|
|
4,374 |
|
|
|
2,280 |
|
F-16
11. Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Effective November 25, 2009, the Company adopted the Global Defense Technology & Systems,
Inc., 2009 Performance Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the Plan. The Plan authorizes the
issuance of options to purchase shares of common stock and the grant of bonus stock awards,
restricted common stock awards, stock appreciation rights, deferred shares, performance shares and
performance units. Options to purchase 492,127 shares of common stock, at a weighted average
exercise price of $10.18 per share, which were previously granted by GNA under the SFA Inc. 2007
Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the SFA Plan, have been assumed under the Plan.
Under the Plan, the initial maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to
award is 1,000,000, including the 492,127 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
granted under the SFA Plan and assumed under the Plan. A compensation committee made up of members
of the Companys Board of Directors administers the plan. The number of shares of common stock
allocated to the Plan automatically increase at the beginning of each fiscal year by a number equal
to the lesser of 1.5% of the Companys shares of outstanding common stock, 125,000 shares of common
stock or an amount determined by the administrators. No one participant may receive awards for more
than 200,000 shares of common stock in any one calendar year. The maximum number of performance
units that may be granted to a participant in any one calendar year is $1,500 for each full or
fractional year included in the performance period for the award granted during the calendar year.
These limitations, and the terms of outstanding awards, will be adjusted without the approval of
our stockholders as the administrators determine is appropriate in the event of a stock dividend,
stock split, reclassification of stock or similar event. If an option terminates, expires or
becomes un-exercisable, or shares of common stock subject to a stock award, grant of performance
shares, grant of deferred shares or stock appreciation right are forfeited, the shares subject to
such option, stock award, grant of performance shares, grant of deferred shares or stock
appreciation right are available under the first sentence of this paragraph for future awards under
the Plan. In addition, shares that are issued under any type of award under the Plan and that are
repurchased or reacquired by us at the lesser of fair market value and the original purchase price
for such shares are also available under the first sentence of this paragraph for future awards
under the Plan.
As of December 31, 2010, the Plan had 208,815 shares available for future grants. The options
generally vest on a straight-line basis over 4 years and expire after 10 years. The SFA Plan plan
requires adjustments to exercise prices when distributions are made to the shareholder by
subtracting a pro-rata amount of the distribution from the original exercise price. Accordingly,
outstanding employee stock options were re-priced and decreased by $1.67 on October 15, 2007, by
$0.83 on June 26, 2008 and by $1.08 on September 21, 2009 concurrent with the associated
declarations of distribution. The exercise price of the employee stock options was adjusted based
on an existing anti-dilution provision that requires adjustment in the event of a declaration of
distribution. The adjustment represented a probable-to-probable modification where the fair value
of the stock options immediately before the modification reflects the anticipated required
adjustment to the stock options terms in accordance with the anti-dilution provision. Therefore,
the fair value of the award immediately before the modification equals its fair value immediately
after the modification, and no additional compensation expense was recognized at the time of the
re-pricing.
On December 31, 2007, Contego issued shares of restricted stock to an employee of the Company.
The restrictions on the award lapsed either upon a change in control of the Company or upon the
completion of an initial public offering (IPO) of the Companys stock. As a result, the grant date
fair value of the award of $3,686 was expensed in the year ended December 31, 2009. Associated
with the IPO, the Companys Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, received a grant
of 36,432 shares of the Companys common stock. The grant date fair value of this award of $620 was
expensed in the year ended December 31, 2009.
Additionally, 15,380 restricted shares were issued to the Directors on December 16, 2009 at
$14.37 per share based on the closing stock price on the day of grant. The total fair value of
$221 will vest over a three year period. On January 4, 2010, the Company granted 20,000 shares of
restricted stock to our Chief Executive Officer that vest over a three year period with a grant
date fair value of $327 based on the price of the stock at the date of grant. The weighted average
remaining life of all outstanding restricted stock is 2.0 years as of December 31, 2010.
The following table reflects the restricted stock activity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Grant |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Date Fair Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
15,380 |
|
|
$ |
14.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31,
2009 |
|
|
15,380 |
|
|
$ |
14.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
16.37 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(5,128 |
) |
|
$ |
14.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31,
2010 |
|
|
30,252 |
|
|
$ |
15.69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
The following table summarizes stock option activity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
600,039 |
|
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
135,000 |
|
|
$ |
11.19 |
|
Options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited |
|
|
(266,684 |
) |
|
|
9.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
468,355 |
|
|
$ |
9.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
259,087 |
|
|
$ |
14.46 |
|
Options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited |
|
|
(166,131 |
) |
|
|
9.57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
561,311 |
|
|
$ |
10.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted |
|
|
354,500 |
|
|
$ |
14.18 |
|
Options exercised |
|
|
(75,000 |
) |
|
|
6.52 |
|
Options forfeited |
|
|
(35,006 |
) |
|
|
8.51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at December 31, 2010 |
|
|
805,805 |
|
|
$ |
11.99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes stock option vesting and unvested options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
600,039 |
|
|
$ |
4.49 |
|
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
135,000 |
|
|
$ |
4.20 |
|
|
$ |
11.19 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(83,339 |
) |
|
|
4.49 |
|
|
|
9.17 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(266,684 |
) |
|
|
4.49 |
|
|
|
9.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
385,016 |
|
|
$ |
4.39 |
|
|
$ |
9.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
83,339 |
|
|
$ |
4.49 |
|
|
$ |
9.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
259,087 |
|
|
$ |
4.86 |
|
|
$ |
14.46 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(54,175 |
) |
|
|
4.22 |
|
|
|
10.43 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(166,131 |
) |
|
|
4.24 |
|
|
|
9.57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
423,797 |
|
|
$ |
4.64 |
|
|
$ |
11.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
137,514 |
|
|
$ |
4.39 |
|
|
$ |
6.82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
354,500 |
|
|
$ |
4.68 |
|
|
$ |
14.18 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(144,879 |
) |
|
|
4.66 |
|
|
|
9.81 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(35,006 |
) |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
|
8.51 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(75,000 |
) |
|
|
4.49 |
|
|
|
6.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2010 |
|
|
598,412 |
|
|
$ |
4.71 |
|
|
$ |
12.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested at December 31, 2010 |
|
|
207,393 |
|
|
$ |
4.54 |
|
|
$ |
9.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting
period using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The Company recognizes the effect of
expected forfeitures of equity awards by estimating an expected forfeiture rate. Amounts recognized
for expected forfeitures are subsequently adjusted quarterly at major vesting dates to reflect
actual forfeitures.
F-18
All issuances of stock options utilized an exercise price equal to fair value of the Companys
common stock on the grant date. Prior to our initial public offering, the fair value of the common
stock was determined by management with requisite valuation expertise and was performed on a
contemporaneous basis at or near the award grant date. Determining the fair value of common stock
requires making complex and subjective judgments. Management used the market approach to estimate
the Companys enterprise value at each date at which options and restricted stock were granted.
There is inherent uncertainty in market multiple estimates. The enterprise value was then used to
determine the fair value of the Companys common stock and utilized in calculating stock-based
compensation.
After completion of our initial public offering, the exercise price is equal to the closing
price listed on Nasdaq Global Markets on the day of grant.
The Company recognized compensation expense of $909, $4,757, and $435 for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there was approximately
$2,345 and $388 of unrecognized stock-compensation expense related to unvested stock options and
restricted stock awards, respectively, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average
period of 2.7 and 2.0 years, respectively.
The Company did not recognize any excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company recognized an excess tax benefit of $289 and
$1,871 for stock based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The following weighted-average assumptions were used for option grants made for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Volatility |
|
|
33.5 |
% |
|
|
33.6 |
% |
|
|
33.7 |
% |
Expected term (in years) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Dividend yield |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Risk-free Interest Rate |
|
|
1.26 2.65 |
% |
|
|
1.72 2.09 |
% |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
|
Expected Volatility. The expected volatility of the Companys shares was estimated
using the volatility of a peer group of public companies. The Company was not public for
a long enough period to have sufficient data points in calculating volatility based on
its own stock trading history. |
|
|
|
Expected Term. Because of the small group of option holders, the Company used
actual and expected attrition rates to estimate the term of the options. |
|
|
|
Dividend Yield. The Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model calls for a single
expected dividend yield as an input. The Company has not paid dividends in the past nor
does it expect to pay dividends in the future. |
|
|
|
Risk-free Interest Rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in
the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation method on the implied yield available on a U.S.
Treasury note with a term equal to the expected term of the underlying grants. |
F-19
12. Provision for Income Taxes
Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
4,407 |
|
|
$ |
1,706 |
|
|
$ |
2,457 |
|
State & Local |
|
|
1,015 |
|
|
|
813 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current |
|
|
5,422 |
|
|
|
2,519 |
|
|
|
3,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(233 |
) |
|
|
(966 |
) |
|
|
(1,712 |
) |
State & Local |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
(267 |
) |
|
|
(400 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
(257 |
) |
|
|
(1,233 |
) |
|
|
(2,112 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax provision |
|
$ |
5,165 |
|
|
$ |
1,286 |
|
|
$ |
1,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The differences between the expense from income taxes at the statutory U.S. federal
income tax rate and those reported in the statements of operations for the Company are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Federal income tax rate |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
State taxes |
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
15.6 |
|
|
|
11.8 |
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Meal and entertainment, and other |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(1.7 |
) |
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
37.1 |
% |
|
|
50.3 |
% |
|
|
51.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences in the recognition of income and
expense for income tax purposes and were computed using the liability method reflecting the net tax
effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial statement purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Components of the Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows as of December
31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
$ |
3,523 |
|
|
$ |
5,677 |
|
Accrued bonuses and vacation |
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
522 |
|
Bad debt and other reserves |
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
Net operating losses and tax credits |
|
|
463 |
|
|
|
899 |
|
Other |
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
421 |
|
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(840 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
5,140 |
|
|
|
6,809 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
$ |
(182 |
) |
|
$ |
(190 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liability |
|
|
(182 |
) |
|
|
(190 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
4,958 |
|
|
$ |
6,619 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company assesses the realizability of deferred tax assets by considering several factors
including the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income,
tax planning strategies and historical book income. Based on the Companys historical earnings,
historical taxable income, future reversal of deferred tax assets, and estimated future
profitability and taxable income, management believes it is more likely than not that all deferred
tax assets will be realized.
F-20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Additions to |
|
|
Deductions of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of |
|
|
Valuation |
|
|
Valuation |
|
|
Balance at End |
|
Description |
|
Period |
|
|
Allowance |
|
|
Allowance |
|
|
of Period |
|
Tax valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period ended
December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
840 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
840 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Period ended
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
840 |
|
Period ended
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. Tax
statutes and regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to interpretation and require
significant judgment to apply. Tax years related to U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions
remain subject to examination for tax periods ended on or after December 31, 2007.
While management believes the Company has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts
asserted by taxing authorities could materially differ from our accrued positions as a result of
uncertain and complex application of tax regulations. Additionally, the recognition and measurement
of certain tax benefits includes estimates and judgment by management and inherently includes
subjectivity. Accordingly, additional provisions on tax-related matters could be recorded in the
future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.
On October 1, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of all outstanding equity interests
in Zytel and recorded an uncertain tax position reserve of $1,686 related to federal and state tax
positions taken since 2006. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to the
uncertain tax positions as a part of Other expense, which were $16 for the year ended December 31,
2010. The Company is indemnified up to $1,850 through the purchase agreement and has recorded an
Indemnification asset for $1,702 as of December 31, 2010. Increases in the indemnification asset
are recorded through Other income, which were $16 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The
indemnification asset is backed by cash held in escrow.
13. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a 401(k) savings plan that covers all eligible GNA employees, (the GNA
401(k) Plan). Effective January 1, 2010 the TAC 401(k) Plan and the GNA profit sharing plan were
merged into the GNA 401(k) plan. The GNA 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan whereby
eligible participants have the option of contributing to the plan up to the statutorily prescribed
limit. The Company provides 100% matching funds for eligible participating employees, limited to
the employees participation of up to 5% of earnings. Participants are 100% vested in their
employee contributions immediately and the participants interests in Company matching
contributions vest over three years (after 2 years 50% and 3 years 100%). Participants also become
fully vested upon reaching age 65 with which is the defined retirement age. The plan also allows a
discretionary employer contribution of 3% of an eligible employees compensation for active
employees on December 31 each year. The discretionary contribution has a five-year vesting
schedule. Contributions to the plans were $3,366, $2,706 and $2,907 for the years ended December
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
14. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share, or EPS, exclude dilution and are computed by dividing net income by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflect
potential dilution that could occur from potential common stock outstanding during the period.
Potential common stock, for purposes of determining diluted EPS, includes the effects of dilutive
restricted stock and stock options. The effect of such potential common stock is computed using the
treasury stock method or the if-converted method, as applicable.
F-21
The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic
and diluted EPS computations for income from continuing operations. In the table below, income
represents the numerator and weighted-average shares represent the denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
8,753 |
|
|
$ |
1,269 |
|
|
$ |
1,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average basic shares outstanding |
|
|
9,056,196 |
|
|
|
6,341,079 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
Effect of dilutive shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assuming exercise of stock options |
|
|
97,643 |
|
|
|
91,331 |
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted shares |
|
|
3,040 |
|
|
|
7,891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average dilutive shares outstanding |
|
|
9,156,879 |
|
|
|
6,440,301 |
|
|
|
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
0.97 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock options have a dilutive effect only when the average market price of the common
stock during the period exceeds the exercise price of the options or warrants. As such, 441,033 and
564,275 were excluded from the Companys earnings per share calculations due to their anti-dilutive
impact for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008, respectively.
15. Related Party Transactions
GNA provides subcontracting services as well as support for security, information technology
and other administrative services to its affiliate, Global Strategies Group Holding, S.A. and its
subsidiaries (referred to collectively as GLOBAL). Included in revenue are services rendered to
GLOBAL for the year ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 in the amounts of $1,611, $1,765 and
$553, respectively. Included in due from affiliates are amounts due for these subcontracting and
support services as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 in the amounts of $288 and $350, respectively.
Also included in due from affiliates are amounts provided by GNA to Global Strategies Group
(Integrated Security), Inc. (GIS), an affiliate of GLOBAL, as short-term advances for payroll and
operating expenses. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, accounts receivable from GIS for such
advances were $213 and $759, respectively.
Included in selling, general and administrative expense are services rendered by GLOBAL for
corporate management and certain administrative expenses to the Company for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008 in the amounts of $1,924 and $28, respectively. These services ceased
upon completion of our initial public offering in November 2009.
In addition to the above, please see Note 8 for information on the Companys related party
debt.
16. Contingencies
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
business. Currently, we do not have any litigation pending the outcome of which, if unfavorable to
us, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
17. Information on Reportable Segments
The Company defines its operating segments based on the way the chief operating decision
maker, CODM, manages the operations within the Company for the allocation of resources, decision
making and performance assessment. The Company operates in two reportable segments: Technology and
Intelligence Services, or TIS, and Force Mobility and Modernization Systems, or FMMS. The Companys
TIS reportable segment provides technology-based solutions and services to the U.S. government
while the Companys FMMS reportable segment provides mission-critical products to the U.S.
government.
In the following table of financial data, the total of the operating results of these
reportable segments is reconciled, as appropriate, to the corresponding consolidated amount. With
respect to the caption Operating Income, the reconciling item Unallocated Corporate Expenses
includes the costs for items not considered in the CODMs evaluation of segment operating
performance including amortization of intangible assets and other corporate expenses. With respect
to the caption Total Assets, the reconciling item Unallocated Corporate Assets includes assets
not considered in the CODMs evaluation of segment operating performance. Corporate assets consist
primarily of intangible assets, goodwill and deferred income taxes.
F-22
Summarized financial information concerning the Companys reportable segments is shown in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Revenue from external customers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
105,591 |
|
|
$ |
90,388 |
|
|
$ |
80,433 |
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
127,078 |
|
|
|
122,457 |
|
|
|
108,993 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue from external
customers |
|
$ |
232,669 |
|
|
$ |
212,845 |
|
|
$ |
189,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
9,957 |
|
|
$ |
7,766 |
|
|
$ |
7,441 |
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
14,148 |
|
|
|
16,282 |
|
|
|
13,060 |
|
Unallocated Corporate expenses |
|
|
(9,722 |
) |
|
|
(19,651 |
) |
|
|
(15,591 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income |
|
$ |
14,383 |
|
|
$ |
4,397 |
|
|
$ |
4,910 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(465 |
) |
|
|
(1,842 |
) |
|
|
(2,710 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
$ |
13,918 |
|
|
$ |
2,555 |
|
|
$ |
2,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of fixed assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
504 |
|
|
$ |
585 |
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
Unallocated Corporate expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
792 |
|
|
$ |
915 |
|
|
$ |
928 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
1,037 |
|
|
$ |
263 |
|
|
$ |
211 |
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
Unallocated Corporate expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,192 |
|
|
$ |
1,071 |
|
|
$ |
602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from major customers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Department of Defense |
|
|
71.1 |
% |
|
|
75.0 |
% |
|
|
74.2 |
% |
National security agencies |
|
|
28.9 |
% |
|
|
25.0 |
% |
|
|
25.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIS Segment |
|
$ |
33,818 |
|
|
$ |
19,407 |
|
FMMS Segment |
|
|
57,863 |
|
|
|
36,140 |
|
Unallocated Corporate assets |
|
|
122,598 |
|
|
|
56,964 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
214,279 |
|
|
$ |
112,511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
18. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
Unaudited summarized financial data by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
is presented in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
45,893 |
|
|
$ |
49,222 |
|
|
$ |
55,379 |
|
|
$ |
82,175 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
1,434 |
|
|
|
3,535 |
|
|
|
2,757 |
|
|
|
6,657 |
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
1,429 |
|
|
|
3,491 |
|
|
|
2,716 |
|
|
|
6,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,094 |
|
|
$ |
2,063 |
|
|
$ |
2,013 |
|
|
$ |
3,583 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
Diluted EPS |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
49,613 |
|
|
$ |
53,427 |
|
|
$ |
54,028 |
|
|
$ |
55,777 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
1,689 |
|
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
|
(1,911 |
) |
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
1,749 |
|
|
|
1,199 |
|
|
|
1,872 |
|
|
|
(2,265 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
919 |
|
|
$ |
641 |
|
|
$ |
1,272 |
|
|
$ |
(1,563 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
Diluted EPS |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
19. Subsequent Event
On March 2, 2011, GTEC entered into a definitive agreement to be acquired by an affiliate of
Ares Management LLC (Ares). The agreement was approved by GTECs Board of Directors and the
tender offer is not subject to any financing contingencies. Under the terms of the definitive
agreement, Ares will commence a cash tender offer to acquire GTECs outstanding shares of common
stock at $24.25 per share. The closing of the tender offer, which is expected to occur in the
second quarter of 2011, is subject to customary terms and conditions, including the tender of at
least a majority of GTECs shares (on a fully diluted basis) and regulatory approvals including
expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements
Act of 1976. Upon completion of the merger, GTEC will become a private company, wholly owned by
Sentinel Acquisition Holdings Inc., an affiliate of Ares.
F-24